HomeMy WebLinkAboutCONTRACT BETWEEN AUGUSTA, GEORGIA AND SCS FIELD SERVICES FOR DEANS BRIDGE ROAD MSW LANDFILL PHASE III - 2016 GAS COLLECTION AND CONTROL SYSTEM (GCCS) NOTICE
"All addenda items for Specifications and Drawings issued prior to the date of
Bid opening have been incorporated into these Contract Documents."
A "(1)" directly left of Specification Section number on the title page of a section
indicates that section has been replaced or added by addendum.
• A "1" in the text of a Specification Section indicates that an addendum item has
been incorporated.
Atlantic Coast Consulting, Inc.
7 East Congress Street,Suite 801
Savannah, Georgia 31401
(912) 236-3471
Section 00010
Table of Contents
• SPECIFICATIONS
Section Title
Division 0 - Contract Requirements
00010 Table of Contents
00020 Invitation to Bid
00100 Instructions to Bidders
00300 Bid
00422 Coporate Certificate
00425 Contractor's License Certification
00430 Contractor E-Verify Affidavit
00431 Subcontractor E-Verify Affidavit
00480 Non-Collusion Affidavit of Prime Bidder
00481 Non-Collusion Affidavit of Subcontractor
00500 Contract Agreement
00550 Pre-Award Oath
00610 Performance Bond
00620 Payment Bond
00700 General Conditions
• 00800 Supplementary Conditions
Division 1-General Requirements
01010 Summary of Work
01016 Occupancy
01025 Measurement and Payment
01041 Coordination of Work
01051 Grades, Lines and Levels
01055 Construction Staking
01060 Regulatory Requirements
01091 Codes and Standards
01200 Project Meetings
01310 Construction Schedules
01320 Construction Videos and Photographs
01340 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples
01410 Testing Laboratory Services
01500 Construction Facilities
01510 Temporary Facilities
01540 Job Site Security
01562 Dust Control
01569 Safety in Landfill Works
• 01590 Field Offices
01610 Transportation and Handling
04/20/2017 G003-109W\TS-00010
00010-2
Table of Contents
• 01611 Storage and Protection
01630
Substitutions and 0p tions
01710 Cleaning
01720 Record Documents
01730 Operating and Maintenance Data
01740 Warranties and Bonds
Division 2 -Sitework
02010 Subsurface Conditions
02060 Demolition of Existing Facilities
02125 Erosion and Sedimentation Control
02130 Vertical Extraction Wells
02135 Horizontal Gas Extraction Wells
02140 Dewatering
02221 Trenching, Backfilling and Earthwork
02601 Testing Piping Systems
02700 Landfill Piping Systems
02748 HDPE Fabrication
02930 Grassing
•
•
04/20/2017 G003-109W/TS-00010
Section 00020
Invitation to Bid
• DEANS BRIDGE ROAD MSW LANDFILL
PHASE III-2016 GAS COLLECTION & CONTROL SYSTEM (GCCS) EXPANSION
City of Augusta
Augusta, Georgia
Sealed Bids for furnishing all materials, labor, tools, equipment and appurtenances
necessary for the construction of the Deans Bridge Road MSW Landfill Phase III-2016 Gas
Collection & Control System (GCCS) Expansion will be received by the Owner at Augusta-
Procurement Department, until 3:00 p.m., local time, on Wednesday, February 8, 2017, and
then at said office publicly opened and read aloud.
The Project consists of the following major elements: Installation of 19 gas extraction
wellhead assemblies, 4 leachate recirculation wells, 5,910 linear feet of horizontal gas
extraction well, 1,345 linear feet of HDPE laterals, 825 linear feet of HDPE header pipe, 835
linear feet of HDPE air line, and the installation and maintenance of erosion control
measures throughout construction.
Bidder Pre-Selection: Only Bids submitted from pre-selected Bidders will be opened.
A mandatory Pre-Bid Conference will be held for all Bidders at 11:00 a.m., local time, Friday,
• January 20, 2017, at the Procurement Department, 535 Telfair Street, Room 605, Augusta,
GA 30901. A bid submitted by a Bidder not having attended the Mandatory Pre-Bid
Conference will not be opened.
The work will be awarded in One Contract.
The Instructions to Bidders, Bid, Contract Agreement, Drawings, Specifications and forms of
Bid Bond, Performance Bond, Payment Bond and other Contract Documents may be examined
at the following:
Augusta-Procurement Department
535 Telfair Street, Room 605
Augusta, Georgia 30901
Bid Documents may be examined at the office of the Augusta, GA Procurement Department,
535 Telfair Street - Room 605, Augusta, GA 30901. Plans and specifications for the project
shall be obtained by all prime, subcontractors and suppliers exclusively from Augusta Blue
Print. The fees for the plans and specifications which are non-refundable is $50.00. No
partial sets will be sold. Shipment will be via delivery service - two-day delivery. Other
shipping will be at the purchaser's additional expense. Street address must be provided to
allow delivery. Plans and specifications for the project shall be obtained by all prime,
subcontractors and suppliers exclusively from Augusta Blue Print.
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-00020
00020-2
Invitation to Bid
• By purchasing the Contract Documents, purchaser agrees to having their company
information (company name, city, state, phone number, fax number) published as a
"planholder".
Each Bid must be accompanied by a Bid Bond, prepared on the form of Bid Bond attached to
the Contract Documents or a Surety Company's Standard Bid Bond, duly executed by the
Bidder as principal and having as surety thereon a surety company licensed to do business in
the State of Georgia and listed in the latest issue of U.S. Treasury Circular 570, in the amount
of ten (10) percent of the Bid.
The Bidder shall affix to the outside of its bid envelope, its Georgia Utility Contractor License
Number, not the license number of a Utility Manager nor a subcontractor's Georgia Utility
Contractor License Number.
The Owner will in no way be liable for any costs incurred by any bidder in the preparation of its
Bid in response to this Invitation to Bid.
The successful Bidder for this Contract will be required to furnish a satisfactory Performance
Bond and Payment Bond each in the amount of 100 percent of the Bid.
The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all Bids, to waive informalities and to readvertise.
•
Augusta, Georgia
END OF SECTION
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W/TS-00020
Section 00100
Instructions to Bidders
• 1.01 Contract Documents
A. The Contract Documents include the Contract Agreement, Invitation to Bid,
Instructions to Bidders, Contractor's Bid (including all documentation
accompanying the Bid and any post-Bid documentation required by the Owner prior
to the Notice of Award), Bonds, all Special Conditions, General Conditions,
Supplementary Conditions, Specifications, Drawings, and addenda, together with
written amendments, change orders, field orders and the Engineer's written
interpretations and clarifications issued in accordance with the General Conditions
on or after the date of the Contract Agreement.
B. Shop drawing submittals reviewed in accordance with the General Conditions,
geotechnical investigations and soils reports, and drawings of physical conditions
in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the
site, are not Contract Documents.
C. The Contract Documents shall define and describe the complete work to which
they relate.
1.02 Definitions
A. Where the following words or the pronouns used in their stead occur herein, they
shall have the following meaning:
1. "Owner" shall mean the, City of Augusta party of the first part to the Contract
Agreement, or its authorized and legal representatives.
2. "Engineer"shall mean Atlantic Coast Consulting, Inc.
3. "Contractor" shall mean the party of the second part to the Contract
Agreement or the authorized and legal representative of such party.
4. "Work" and "Project" shall mean the entire completed construction required
to be furnished under the Contract Documents.
5. "Contract Time" shall mean 120 consecutive calendar days as provided in
the Contract Agreement for completion of the Project, to be computed from
the date of the Notice to Proceed.
6. "Liquidated Damages" shall mean the sum of $750.00 which the Bidder
agrees to pay for each consecutive calendar day beyond the Contract Time
required to complete the Project. Liquidated Damages will end upon written
notification from the Owner of final acceptance of the Project.
• 7. "Products" shall mean materials or equipment permanently incorporated into
the Project.
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-00100
000100-2
Instructions to Bidders
• 8. "Provide"shall mean to furnish and install.
9. "Balanced Bid" shall mean a Bid in which each of the unit prices and total
amount bid for each of the listed items reasonably reflects the value of that
item with regard to the entire job considering the prevailing cost of labor,
material and equipment in the relevant market. A Bid is unbalanced when, in
the opinion of the Owner, any unit prices or total amounts bid on any of the
listed items do not reasonably reflect such values.
10. "Substantial completion of the work", solely for the purposes of Official Code
of Georgia Annotated (O.C.G.A.) §13-10-80(b)(2)(c), shall be defined as
occurring on the date of the written notification from the Engineer that the
Project is ready for final inspection, as specified in Section 00800, Article 30,
paragraph (g)]
11. "Satisfactorily completed", solely for the purposes of O.C.G.A. §13-10-81(b),
shall mean the completion of all work, certifications and affidavits as
specified in Section 00800, Article 30, paragraph (g).
1.03 Preparation and Execution of Bid
•
A. Each Bid must be prepared to represent that it is based solely upon the materials
and equipment specified in the Contract Documents.
B. Each Bid must be submitted on the Bid forms which are attached to the Contract
Documents. All blank spaces for Bid prices, both words and figures, must be filled
in, in ink. In case of discrepancy, the amount shown in words will govern. All
required enclosed certifications must be fully completed and executed when
submitted.
C. Each Bid must be submitted in a sealed envelope, addressed to the Owner. Each
sealed envelope containing a Bid must be plainly marked on the outside as, "ITB
Bid #17-148 for Deans Bridge MSW Landfill Phase III-2016 Gas Collection &
Control System (GCCS) Expansion".
D. The Bidder shall provide on the outside of the sealed envelope the following
information; otherwise the Bid will not be opened and will be returned to the
Bidder:
1. Bidder's Name
2. Georgia Utility Contractor License Number
10/28/2016 G003-109W/TS-00100
000100-3
Instructions to Bidders
E. If forwarded by mail, the sealed envelope containing the Bid must be enclosed in
another envelope addressed to the Owner at 535 Telfair Street Room 605,
Augusta, Georgia 30901.
F. Any and all Bids not meeting the aforementioned criteria for Bid submittal, may be
declared non-responsive, and subsequently returned to the Bidder.
G. The Contractor, in signing a Bid on the whole or any portion of the Project, shall
conform to the following requirements:
1. Bids which are not signed by individuals making them shall have attached
thereto a power of attorney evidencing authority to sign the Bid in the name
of the person for whom it is signed.
2. Bids which are signed for a partnership shall be signed by all of the partners
or by an attorney-in-fact. If a Bid is signed by an attorney-in-fact, there should
be attached to the Bid a power of attorney executed by the partners
evidencing authority to sign the Bid.
3. Bids which are signed for a corporation shall have the correct corporate
name thereof and the signature of the president or other authorized officer of
• the corporation manually written below the corporate name following the
wording "By ". Corporation seal shall also be affixed to the Bid.
4. The Bidder shall complete, execute and submit the following documents,
which are attached to these Contract Documents:
a. Attachment B
b. SAVE Program Document
c. LSB Goal Documents
d. The Bid
e. The Bid Bond
f. Statement of Bidder's Qualifications
g. Corporate Certificate, if the Bidder is a corporation
h. Contractor's License Certification
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W/TS-00100
000100-4
Instructions to Bidders
• 1.04 Method of Bidding
The unit or lump sum price for each of the several items in the Bid of each Bidder
shall include its pro rata share of overhead and profit so that the sum of the
products, obtained by multiplying the quantity shown for each item by the unit
price, represents the total Bid. Any Bid not conforming to this requirement may be
rejected. Additionally, Unbalanced Bids will be subject to rejection. Conditional
Bids will not be accepted. The special attention of all Bidders is called to this
provision, for should conditions make it necessary to revise the quantities, no limit
will be fixed for such increased or decreased quantities nor extra compensation
allowed.
1.05 Addenda and Interpretations
A. No interpretation of the meaning of the Drawings, Specifications or other pre-bid
documents will be made to any Bidder orally.
B. Every request for such interpretation should be made in writing and addressed to
Ms. Geri Sams, Augusta Procurement Dept., by fax to 706 821-2811 or by email
to orocidandcontract@augustaga.gov to the office of the procurement
Department by Tuesday,January 24, 2017 @ 5:00 P.M.
11111 C. Any and all such interpretations and any supplemental instructions will be in the
form of written Addenda to the Contract Documents which, if issued, will be mailed,
shipped or faxed to all prospective Bidders (at the respective addresses furnished)
prior to the date fixed for the opening of Bids.
D. Failure of Bidders to receive or acknowledge any Addendum shall not relieve them
of any obligation under the Bid. All Addenda shall become part of the Contract
Documents.
1.06 Bid Modifications
Bidders may modify their Bid by telegraphic communication at any time prior to the
scheduled closing time for receipt of Bids, provided such telegraphic
communication is received by the Owner prior to the closing time, and provided
further, the Owner is satisfied that a written confirmation of the telegraphic
modification over the signature of the Bidder was mailed prior to the closing time.
The telegraphic communication should not reveal the Bid price but should provide
the addition or subtraction or other modification so that the final prices or terms
will not be known by the Owner until the sealed Bid is opened. If written
confirmation is not received within two business days from the closing time, no
consideration will be given to the telegraphic modification.
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W/TS-00100
000100-5
Instructions to Bidders
. 1.07 Bid Security
A. Each Bid must be accompanied by a Bid Bond, prepared on the form of Bid Bond
included herein or a Surety Company's Standard Bid Bond, duly executed by the
Bidder as principal and having as surety thereon a surety company authorized to
do business in the State of Georgia and listed in the latest issue of U.S. Treasury
Circular 570, in the amount of five percent of the Bid. Attorneys-in-fact who sign
Bonds must file with each Bond a currently dated copy of their power of attorney.
B. If for any reason whatsoever the successful Bidder withdraws from the competition
after opening of the Bids, or if Bidder refuses to execute and deliver the Contract
and Bonds required within 10 days after receipt of conformed Contract Document
for executing, the Owner may proceed to enforce the provisions of the Bid Bond.
1.08 Receipt and Opening of Bids
A. The Owner may consider a minor irregularity any Bid not prepared and submitted in
accordance with the provisions hereof and may waive any minor irregularities or
reject any and all Bids. Any Bid may be withdrawn prior to the above scheduled
time for the opening of Bids or authorized postponement thereof. Any Bid received
after the time and date specified shall not be opened.
B. If a Bidder, after the Bid opening determines that its Bid contained a material
mistake, the Bidder may withdraw its Bid, subject to the provisions of, and, if the
mistake meets the criteria in, O.C.G.A. 36-91-52.
1.09 Subcontracts
The Bidder is specifically advised that any person, firm or other party to whom it is
proposed to award a subcontract under this Contract must be acceptable to the
Owner.
1.10 Conditions of the Project
A. Each Bidder must be informed fully of the conditions relating to the construction of
the Project and the employment of labor thereon. Failure to do so will not relieve a
successful Bidder of the obligation to furnish all material and labor necessary to
carry out the provisions of the Contract. Insofar as possible, the Contractor, in
carrying out the work, must employ such methods or means as will not cause any
interruption of or interference with the work of any other Contractor.
B. The Bidder is advised to examine the location of the Project and to be informed
fully as to its conditions; the conformation of the ground; the character, quality and
• quantity of the products needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the
work; the general and local conditions and all other matters which can in any way
10/28/2016 G003-109W/TS-00100
000100-6
Instructions to Bidders
• affect the work to be done under the Contract. Failure to examine the site will not
relieve the successful Bidder of an obligation to furnish all products and labor
necessary to carry out the provisions of the Contract.
C. The Bidder shall notify the Owner of the date and time Bidder proposes to examine
the location of the Project. The Bidder shall confine examination to the specific
areas designated for the proposed construction, including easements and public
right-of-ways. If, due to some unforeseen reason, the Owner's proceedings for
obtaining the proposed construction site (including easements), have not been
completed, the Bidder may enter the site only with the express consent of the
property owner. The Bidder is solely responsible for any damages caused by
examination of the site.
1.11 Notice of Special Conditions
If any special federal, state, county or city laws, municipal ordinances, and the
rules and regulations of any authorities having jurisdiction over construction of the
Project, herein referred to, or applicable by law to the Project, conflict with
requirements of the Contract Documents, then the most stringent requirement
prevails.
• 1.12 Obligation of Bidder
By submission of a Bid, each Bidder warrants that Bidder has inspected the site
and has read and is thoroughly familiar with the Contract Documents (including all
addenda). The failure or omission of any Bidder to examine any form, instrument
or document shall in no way relieve any Bidder from any obligation in respect to the
Bid.
1.13 Method of Award
A. The Contract will be awarded to the responsive, responsible Bidder submitting the
lowest Bid complying with the conditions of the Contract Documents. Award will be
made on the basis of the prices given in the Base Bid and Owner selected
alternatives.
B. The Bidder to whom the award is made will be notified. The Owner reserves the
right to reject any and all Bids and to waive any minor irregularities in Bids received
whenever such rejection or waiver is in the Owner's interest.
C. A responsive Bidder shall be one who submits a Bid in the proper form without
qualification or intent other than as called for in the Contract Documents, and who
binds himself or herself on behalf of the Bid to the Owner with the proper Bid Bond
• completed and attached, and who properly completes all forms required to be
completed and submitted at the time of the Bidding. The Bidder shall furnish all
10/28/2016 G003-109W/TS-00100
000100- 7
Instructions to Bidders
• data required by these Contract Documents. Failure to do so may result in the Bid
being declared non-responsive.
D. A responsible Bidder shall be one who can fulfill the following requirements:
1. The Bidder shall maintain a permanent place of business. This requirement
applies to the Bidder where the Bidder is a division of a corporation, or where
the Bidder is 50 percent or more owned by a person, corporation or firm.
2. The Bidder shall demonstrate adequate construction experience and
sufficient equipment resources to properly perform the work under and in
conformance with the Contract Documents. This evaluation will be based
upon a list of completed or active projects and a list of construction
equipment available to the Bidder to perform the work. The Owner may
make such investigations as deemed necessary to determine the ability of
the Bidder to perform the work, and the Bidder shall furnish to the Owner all
such information and data for this purpose as the Owner may reasonably
request. The Owner reserves the right to reject any Bid if the evidence
submitted by, or investigation of, such Bidder fails to satisfy the Owner that
such Bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the Contract
and to complete the Project contemplated therein.
3. The Bidder shall demonstrate financial resources of sufficient strength to
meet the obligations incident to the performance of the work covered by
these Contract Documents. The ability to obtain the required Performance
and Payment Bonds will not alone demonstrate adequate financial capability.
D. A responsible Bidder shall be one who has been determined prequalified by the
Owner prior to the time set for opening of Bids.
E. Acceptance of the Bidder's documentation and substantiation or Contract Award
by the Owner does not relieve the Bidder of liability for non-performance as covered
in the Contract Documents, nor will the Bidder be exempted from any other legal
recourse the Owner may elect to pursue.
1.14 Employment of Local Labor
Preference in employment on the Project shall, insofar as practical, be given to
qualified local labor.
END OF SECTION
111
10/28/2016 G003-109W/TS-00100
(1)Section 00300
• Bid
TO: Augusta, Georgia
Stearns, Conrad, and Schmidt, Consulting Engineers, Inc.
FROM: dba SCS Field Services
(Bidder's Name)
FOR: Deans Bridge Road MSW Landfill Phase III-2016 Gas Collection & Control System
(GCCS) Expansion
Submitted: February 7 , 2017
The undersigned Bidder, in compliance with your Invitation to Bid for the construction
of this Project having examined the Contract Documents, the site of the proposed work, and
being familiar with all of the conditions surrounding the construction of the proposed
Project, including the availability of materials and labor, hereby proposes to construct the
Project in accordance with the Contract Documents.
The Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to contract with Augusta,
Georgia in the form of Contract Agreement specified, to furnish all necessary products,
machinery, tools, apparatus, means of transportation and labor necessary to complete the
construction of the Work in full and complete accordance with the reasonably intended
• requirements of the Contract Documents to the full and entire satisfaction of Augusta,
Georgia with a definite understanding that no money will be allowed for extra work except as
set forth in the Contract Documents, for the following prices:
•
04/20/2017 G003-109W\TS-00300
000300-2
Bid
•
ITEM 1 - MOBILIZATION
a. Lump Sum Mobilization $ 33,870.00
ITEM 2- EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL
a. 1 Each Construction Exit $ 3,592.00/EA $3,592.00
b. 3,570 L.F. Non-Sensitive Silt Fence $ 4.00 /LF $14,280.00
c. 7,260 S.Y. Permanent Grassing $ 1.20 /SY $8,712.00
d. Lump Sum NPDES Monitoring and Reporting $3,199.00
ITEM 3 - GAS COLLECTION &CONTROL SYSTEM
a. 450 V.F. Vertical Landfill Gas Extraction Well $ 77.00 /VF $34,650.00
b. 5,910 L.F. Horizontal Landfill Gas Extraction Well $ 44.00 /LF $260,040.00
c. 1 EA. Abandon Existing Vertical Gas
Extraction Well $ 701.00 /EA $701.00
d. 182 V.F. Leachate Recirculation Well $ 65.00 /VF $11,830.00
e. 2,200 L.F. 2-inch Recirculation Forcemain $ 13.00 /LF $28,600.00
• f. 1 EA. Air Line Isolation Valve $ 3,319.00/EA $3,319.00
g. 3 EA. Air Supply Line Stub-Out $ 181.00 /EA $543.00
h. 825 L.F. 10-Inch HDPE Header $ 35.00 /LF $28,875.00
670 L.F. 6-Inch HDPE Lateral $ 21.00 /LF $14,070.00
j. 675 L.F. 4-Inch HDPE Lateral $ 18.00 /LF $12.150.00
k. 835 L.F. 2-Inch HDPE Air Line $ 2.00 /LF $1,670.00
I. 5,110 L.F. Cleanup and Testing $ 2.00 /LF $10,220.00
m. 10 Each Horizontal Collector Sump $ 1,104.00 /EA $11,040.00
n. 9 Each 2-inch Wellhead Assembly $ 554.00 /EA $4,986.00
o. 10 Each 3-inch Wellhead Assembly $ 870.00 /EA $8,700.00
p. 1 Each Tie into existing 10-Inch Header $ 725.00 /EA $725.00
q. 1 Each Tie into existing 2-Inch HDPE Air Line $ 249.00 /EA $249.00
ITEM 4-CASH ALLOWANCES
a. CONSTRUCTION VERIFICATION SERVICES $ 100,000.00
b. MATERIALS TESTING $ 5,000.00
c. CONTINGENCY $ 49,502.10
04/20/2017 G003-109W/TS-00300
000300-3
Bid
• * * *ADDITIONAL WORK IF ORDERED BY THE ENGINEER * * *
ITEM 5-TRENCH STABILIZATION
a. 100 C.Y. Beyond Bedding $ 35.00/CY $3.500.00
BID TOTAL, ITEMS 1 THROUGH 5, INCLUSIVE, THE AMOUNT OF: SIX HUNDRED FIFTY-THREE
THOUSAND TWENTY-THREE AND 10/100 DOLLARS($653,023.10).
The Bidder agrees hereby to commence Work under this Contract, with adequate personnel
and equipment, on a date to be specified in a written order of the Engineer, and to fully
complete all Work under this Contract within 120 consecutive calendar days from and
including said date. Bidder further agrees to pay as liquidated damages the sum of $750.00
for each consecutive calendar day thereafter required to complete all work as provided in the
Instructions to Bidders.
The Bidder declares an understanding that the quantities shown for unit price items are
subject to either increase or decrease, and that should the quantities of any of the items of
Work be increased, the Bidder proposes to do the additional Work at the unit prices stated
herein; and should the quantities be decreased, the Bidder also understands that payment will
be made on the basis of actual quantities at the unit price bid and will make no claim for
• additional costs or anticipated profits for any decrease in quantities; and that actual quantities
will be determined upon completion of Work, at which time adjustment will be made to the
Contract amount by direct increase or decrease.
In case of discrepancies between the figures shown in the unit prices and the totals, the unit
prices shall apply and the totals shall be corrected to agree with the unit prices. In case of
discrepancies between written amounts and figures, written amounts shall take precedence
over figures and the sum of all Bid extensions (of unit prices) plus lump sum items shall take
precedence over BID TOTAL.
•
04/20/2017 G003-109W/TS-00300
000300-4
Bid
• Bidder acknowledges receipt of the Following Addenda:
Addendum No. 1, dated: 1/26/17 Addendum No. 4, dated:
Addendum No. 2, dated: Addendum No. 5, dated:
Addendum No. 3, dated: Addendum No. 6, dated:
Stearns, Conrad and Schmidt, Consulting Engineers, Inc.
BIDDER: dba SCS Field Services
By: Guy F. Lewis
(signature on file)
Guy F. Lewis
(name printed or typed)
Title: Vice President
Address: 11260 Roger Bacon Drive, Suite 300
Reston, VA 20190
Phone: (703) 4716150
Attest: Laury Blakley
(signature on file)
Laury Blaklev
(name printed or typed)
Title: Assitant Secretary
(SEAL)
Note: Attest for a corporation must be by the corporate secretary; for a partnership by another
partner; for an individual by a notary.
Note: If the Bidder is a corporation, the Bid shall be signed by an officer of the corporation; if a
partnership, it shall be signed by a partner. If signed by others, authority for signature shall be
attached.
The full names and addresses of persons or parties interested in the foregoing Bid, as
principals, are as follows:
Name Address
04/20/2017 G003-109W/TS-00300
000300-5
Bid
• Selected Subcontractors
The Bidder proposes to employ the below listed subcontractors:
Subcontractor B&H Drilling Service, Inc.
Address 7180 SW 18th Street
Pantation, FL 33317
Subcontractor Charles Ware, LLC
Address 2940 Hill Creek Drive
Augusta, GA 30909
Subcontractor CSRA Testing and Engineering Co., Inc.
Address 1005 Emmett Street, Suite A
Augusta, GA 30904
• Subcontractor RRB Trucking, LLC
Address 4054 Old Waynesboro Road
Augusta, GA 30906
Subcontractor
Address
Subcontractor
Address
END OF SECTION
•
04/20/2017 G003-109W/TS-00300
Section 00422
Corporate Certificate
•
I, Laury Blakley certify that I am the Assistant Secretary of the corporation named as
Contractor in the foregoing proposal;that Guy F. Lewis
who signed said proposal in
behalf of the Contractor was then Vice President of said corporation;
that said proposal was duly signed for and in behalf of said corporation by authority of its Board of
Directors, and is within the scope of its corporate powers; that said corporation is organized under
the laws of the State of Virginia
This 7th day of February , 20 17.
Corporate
Secretary: Laury Blakley
(signature on file)
4110
Laury Blakley
(name printed or typed)
(SEAL)
END OF SECTION
S
04/20/2017 G003-109W\TS-00422
Section 00425
Contractor's License Certification
•
Contractor's Name: Stearns, Conrad and Schmidt, Consulting Engineers, Inc. dba SCS Field Services
Georgia Utility Contractor's License Number: UC3O116O
Expiration Date of License: 4/30/2017
I certify that the above information is true and correct and that the classification noted is
applicable to the Bid for this Project.
Stearns, Conrad and Schmidt, Consulting Engineers, Inc.
BIDDER: dba Field Services
By: Guy F. Lewis
Title: Guy F. Lewis, Vice President
Date: February 7, 2017
•
END OF SECTION
•
04/20/2017 G003-109W/TS-00425
Section 00430
Contractor E-Verify Affidavit
• By executing this affidavit, the undersigned contractor verifies its compliance with O.C.G.A. 13-10-
91, stating affirmatively that the individual, firm, or corporation which is proposing to engage in the
physical performance of services on behalf of the City of Augusta has registered with, is authorized to
use and uses the federal work authorization program commonly known as E-Verify, or any
subsequent replacement program, in accordance with the applicability provisions and deadlines
established in O.C.G.A 13-10-91. Furthermore, the undersigned contractor will continue to use the
federal work authorization program throughout the contract period and the undersigned contractor
will contract for the physical performance of services in satisfaction of such contract only with
subcontractors who present an affidavit to the contractor with the information required by O.C.G.A
13-10-91(b). Contractor hereby attests that its federal work authorization user identification
number and date of authorization are as follows:
45931
Federal Work Authorization User Identification Number
6/22/2007
Date of Authorization
Stearns, Conrad and Schmidt, Consulting Engineers, Inc
dba SCS Field Services
Name of Contractor
Bid item #17-148 Deans Bridge Road MSW Landfill Phase III -
2016 Gas Collection & Control System (GCCS) Expansion
Name of Project
• Augusta, GA
Name of Public Employer
I hereby declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct.
Executed on 7th , February , 2017 in Reston , Virginia
(City) (State)
Guy F. Lewis
Signature on File
Vice President
(Title of Authorized Officer or Agent of Contractor)
Guy F. Lewis
(Printed Name of Authorized Officer or Agent)
Subscribed and sworn to me this 7th day of February, 2017.
NOTARY PUBLIC: Laury Jane Blakley
(Signature on File)
Laury Jane Blakley
(name printed or typed)
• Commission Expires: April 30, 2019
END OF SECTION
04/20/2017 G003-109W/TS-00430
Section 00431
Subcontractor E-Verify Affidavit
• By executing this affidavit,the undersigned subcontractor verifies its compliance with 0.C.G.A 13-10-
91, stating affirmatively that the individual, firm, or corporation which is engaged in the physical
performance of service under a proposed contract with RRB Trucking, LLC on behalf of the City of
Augusta has registered with, is authorized to use and uses the federal work authorization program
commonly known as E-Verify, or any subsequent replacement program, in accordance with the
applicability provisions and deadlines established in O.C.G.A 13-10-91. Furthermore, the
undersigned contractor will continue to use the federal work authorization program throughout the
contract period and the undersigned contractor will contract for the physical performance of
services in satisfaction of such contract only with subcontractors who present an affidavit to the
contractor with the information required by O.C.G.A 13-10-91(b). Additionally, the undersigned
subcontractor will forward notice of the receipt of affidavit from a sub-subcontractor to the
contractor within five business days of receipt. If the undersigned subcontractor receives notice that
a sub-subcontractor has received an affidavit from any other contracted sub-subcontractor, the
undersigned subcontractor must forward, within five business days of receipt, a copy of the notice to
the contractor. Subcontractor hereby attests that its federal work authorization user identification
number and date of authorization are as follows:
737777
Federal Work Authorization User Identification Number
12/18/2013
Date of Authorization
S RRB Trucking, LLC
Name of Subcontractor
Deans Bridge Road MSW Landfill, 2016 Landfill Gas Expansion
Name of Project
RRB Trucking, LLC
Name of Public Employer
I hereby declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct.
Executed on 7th , February , 2017 in Augusta , Georgia
(City) (State)
Ruby Jenkins-Basey
Signature on File
Owner
(Title of Authorized Officer or Agent of Contractor)
Ruby Jenkins-Basey
(Printed Name of Authorized Officer or Agent)
•
04/20/2017 G003-109W/TS-00431
000431-2
Subcontractors E-Verify Affidavit
•
Subscribed and sworn to me this 7th day of February , 2017.
NOTARY PUBLIC: Jennifer Swartz
(signature on file)
Jennifer Swartz
(name printed or typed)
Commission Expires: January 27, 2018
END OF SECTION
•
•
04/20/2017 G003-109W/TS-00431
Section 00431
Subcontractor E-Verify Affidavit
• By executing this affidavit, the undersigned subcontractor verifies its compliance with O.C.G.A 13-10-
91, stating affirmatively that the individual, firm, or corporation which is engaged in the physical
performance of service under a proposed contract with CSRA Testing and Engineering Co., Inc. on
behalf of the City of Augusta has registered with, is authorized to use and uses the federal work
authorization program commonly known as E-Verify, or any subsequent replacement program, in
accordance with the applicability provisions and deadlines established in O.C.G.A 13-10-91.
Furthermore,the undersigned contractor will continue to use the federal work authorization program
throughout the contract period and the undersigned contractor will contract for the physical
performance of services in satisfaction of such contract only with subcontractors who present an
affidavit to the contractor with the information required by 0.C.G.A 13-10-91(b). Additionally, the
undersigned subcontractor will forward notice of the receipt of affidavit from a sub-subcontractor to
the contractor within five business days of receipt. If the undersigned subcontractor receives notice
that a sub-subcontractor has received an affidavit from any other contracted sub-subcontractor, the
undersigned subcontractor must forward, within five business days of receipt, a copy of the notice to
the contractor. Subcontractor hereby attests that its federal work authorization user identification
number and date of authorization are as follows:
138689
Federal Work Authorization User Identification Number
12/20/2011
Date of Authorization
• CSRA Testing and Engineering Co., Inc.
Name of Subcontractor
Deans Bridge Road MSW Landfill, 2016 Landfill Gas Expansion
Name of Project
Name of Public Employer
I hereby declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct.
Executed on 7th . February, 2017 in Augusta. Georgia
(City) (State)
Jeffery S. Pope
Signature on File
Vice-President
(Title of Authorized Officer or Agent of Contractor)
Jeffery S. Pope
(Printed Name of Authorized Officer or Agent)
•
04/20/2017 G003-109W/TS-00431
00431-2
Subcontractor E-Verify Affidavit
• Subscribed and sworn to me this 7th day of February , 2017.
NOTARY PUBLIC: Dana P. Furmage
(signature on file)
Dana P. Furmage
(name printed or typed)
Commission Expires: June 12, 2020
END OF SECTION
•
04/20/2017 G003-109W/TS-00431
0
.
.
Section 00431
Subcontractor E-Verify Affidavit
• By executing this affidavit, the undersigned subcontractor verifies its compliance with 0.C.G.A 13-10-
91, stating affirmatively that the individual, firm, or corporation which is engaged in the physical
performance of service under a proposed contract with Stearns, Conrad and Schmidt, Consulting
Engineers, Inc., dba SCS Field Services on behalf of the City of Augusta has registered with, is
authorized to use and uses the federal work authorization program commonly known as E-Verify, or
any subsequent replacement program, in accordance with the applicability provisions and deadlines
established in 0.C.G.A 13-10-91. Furthermore, the undersigned contractor will continue to use the
federal work authorization program throughout the contract period and the undersigned contractor
will contract for the physical performance of services in satisfaction of such contract only with
subcontractors who present an affidavit to the contractor with the information required by 0.C.G.A
13-10-91(b). Additionally, the undersigned subcontractor will forward notice of the receipt of
affidavit from a sub-subcontractor to the contractor within five business days of receipt. If the
undersigned subcontractor receives notice that a sub-subcontractor has received an affidavit from
any other contracted sub-subcontractor, the undersigned subcontractor must forward, within five
business days of receipt, a copy of the notice to the contractor. Subcontractor hereby attests that its
federal work authorization user identification number and date of authorization are as follows:
923234
Federal Work Authorization User Identification Number
11-9-2015
Date of Authorization
• Charles Ware, LLC
Name of Subcontractor
Deans Bridge Road MSW Landfill, 2016 Landfill Gas Expansion
Name of Project
Name of Public Employer
I hereby declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct.
Executed on 7th , February , 2017 in Augusta , Georgia
(City) (State)
Charles W. Ware
Signature on File
CEO/ Manager
(Title of Authorized Officer or Agent of Contractor)
Charles W. Ware
(Printed Name of Authorized Officer or Agent)
04/20/2017 G003-109W/TS-00431
000431- 2
Subcontractor E-Verify Affidavit
Subscribed and sworn to me this 7th day of February , 2017.
NOTARY PUBLIC: Geraldine Fulton
(signature on file)
Geraldine Fulton
(name printed or typed)
Commission Expires: 10-15-17
END OF SECTION
04/20/2017 G003-109W/TS-00431
Section 00481
Non-Collusion Affidavit of Subcontractor
• By executing this affidavit,the undersigned subcontractor verifies its compliance with 0.C.G.A 13-10-
91, stating affirmatively that the individual, firm, or corporation which is engaged in the physical
performance of service under a proposed contract with RRB Trucking, LLC on behalf of the City of
Augusta has registered with, is authorized to use and uses the federal work authorization program
commonly known as E-Verify, or any subsequent replacement program, in accordance with the
applicability provisions and deadlines established in 0.C.G.A 13-10-91. Furthermore, the
undersigned contractor will continue to use the federal work authorization program throughout the
contract period and the undersigned contractor will contract for the physical performance of
services in satisfaction of such contract only with subcontractors who present an affidavit to the
contractor with the information required by 0.C.G.A 13-10-91(b). Additionally, the undersigned
subcontractor will forward notice of the receipt of affidavit from a sub-subcontractor to the
contractor within five business days of receipt. If the undersigned subcontractor receives notice that
a sub-subcontractor has received an affidavit from any other contracted sub-subcontractor, the
undersigned subcontractor must forward, within five business days of receipt, a copy of the notice to
the contractor. Subcontractor hereby attests that its federal work authorization user identification
number and date of authorization are as follows:
923234
Federal Work Authorization User Identification Number
11-9-2015
Date of Authorization
• Charles Ware LLC
Name of Subcontractor
Deans Bridge Road MSW Landfill. 2016 Landfill Gas Expansion
Name of Project
Name of Public Employer
I hereby declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct.
Executed on 7th , February , 2017 in Augusta , Georgia
(City) (State)
Charles W. Ware
Signature on File
CEO/Manager
(Title of Authorized Officer or Agent of Contractor)
Charles W. Ware (Printed Name of Authorized Officer or Agent)
•
04/20/2017 G003-109W/TS-00481
000481-2
Non-Collusion Affidavit to Subcontractors
Subscribed and sworn to me this 7th day of February , 2017.
NOTARY PUBLIC: Geraldine Fulton
(signature on file)
Geraldine Fulton
(name printed or typed)
Commission Expires: 10-15-17
END OF SECTION
04/20/2017 G003-109W/TS-00481
Section 00500
Contract Agreement
• 1
This Contract Agreement made and entered into on the day of 1
2017, by and between Augusta, GA., party of the first part (hereinafter calle the Owner), and
Stearns, Conrad and Schmidt, Consulting Engineers, Inc., dba SCS Field Services, party of the
second part, (hereinafter called the Contractor),
WITNESSETH:
That the Contractor, for the consideration hereinafter fully set out, hereby agrees with the
Owner as follows:
That the Contractor will furnish all products, tools, construction equipment, skill and labor of
every description necessary to carry out and to complete in a good, firm, substantial
workmanlike manner construction of the Deans Bridge Road MSW Landfill Phase III-2016 Gas
Collection & Control System (GCCS) Expansion and will complete work in strict conformity with
the Drawings and the Specifications, together with the foregoing Proposal made by the
Contractor, the Invitation to Proposal, Instructions to Proposers, General and Supplementary
Conditions, Special Conditions, Performance and Payment Bonds and all Addenda hereto
incorporated (if applicable) which form essential parts of this Contract Agreement, as if fully
contained herein.
The Contractor will commence work required by the Contract Documents on or before a date
• specified in the written Notice to Proceed and will complete the same within 120 calendar
days unless the period for completion is extended otherwise by the Contract Documents.
Time is of the essence and is an essential element of this Contract, and the Contractor
further agrees to pay as liquidated damages $750.00 for each consecutive calendar day
thereafter required to complete all work as provided in the Contract Documents or for failing to
comply with associated milestones. If the Contractor abandons the Contract before
commencement of the Work or defaults in completion of all the Work after commencement
thereof, the Contractor shall be liable for such liquidated damages. These fixed liquidated
damages are not established as a penalty but are calculated and agreed upon in advance by
the Owner and the Contractor due to the uncertainty and impossibility of making a
determination as to the actual and consequential damages incurred by the Owner and the
general public of City of Augusta as a result of the failure on the part of the Contractor to
complete the Work on time. Such liquidated damages referred to herein are intended to be
and are cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy now or hereafter
enforceable at law, in equity, by statute, or under the Contract.
The Owner hereby agrees to pay to the Contractor for the faithful performance of this
Contract Agreement, subject to additions and deductions as provided in the Specifications
and Bid, in lawful money of the United States of America, the sum of SIX HUNDRED FIFTY-
THREE THOUSAND TWENTY-THREE AND 10/100 Dollars ($653,023.10) which sum shall
also pay for loss or damage arising out of the nature of the Work aforesaid, or from the
11111
action of the elements, or from unforeseen obstructions or difficulties encountered in the
prosecution of the Work, and for all expenses incurred by, or in consequence of the Work, its
suspension or discontinuance and for well and faithfully completing the Work and the whole
04/20/2017 G003-109W/TS-00500
00500-2
Contract Agreement
thereof, as herein provided, and for replacing defective work or products for a period of one
year after completion.
The Owner shall make monthly partial payments to the Contractor in accordance with the
provisions of the Contract Documents.
Final payment on account of this Contract Agreement shall be made within 30 days after the
completion by the Contractor of all work covered by this Contract Agreement and the
acceptance of such work by the Owner, in accordance with the provisions of the Contract
Documents.
It is further mutually agreed between the parties hereto that if, at any time after the execution
of this Contract Agreement and the surety bonds hereto attached for its faithful performance,
the Owner shall deem the surety or sureties upon such bond to be unsatisfactory, or if, for any
reason, such bond ceases to be adequate to cover the performance of the Work, the
Contractor shall, at no additional expense to Owner, within five days after the receipt of notice
from the Owner to do so, furnish an additional bond or bonds in such form and amount, and
with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Owner. In such event, no further
payment to the Contractor shall be deemed to be due under this Contract Agreement until
such new or additional security for the faithful performance of the Work shall be furnished in
manner and form satisfactory to the Owner.
• IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Contract Agreement under their
respective seals on the day and date first above written in six counterparts each of which shall,
without proof or accounting for the other counterparts, be deemed an original Contract.
•
04/20/2017 G003-109W/TS-00500
00500-3
Contract Agreement
II APPROVED AS TO FORM BEFORE EXECUTION
By:
iivolliitikeAttorney for thewner
OWNER: Augusta, GA. C
By: 1-7,.. )e--
A
ILII /JcrrcI
(name signed)
(7101'1 oIVid r-i
(name pnntedor typed)
Title: /47 Ur
Address: 5 5 U
ug sta, GA 3090 i
Attest: Ai7 rh54,1,'Mid, "
na?i► eb :
wr„��� l� (�, 8�9�
5t r a e, p®t°... #4. il
ce. 444
rv,�' te��r ry: d)
is
i
Title: C/,�'' w//�
4,,,, � ""'*° l
• ° (SEAL)
6 8,
III ,
p " tORGt `
CONTRACTOR: Stearns, Conrad an Schmidt, C `tin_ o •. . S Fie Services
(name signed)
Guy . L- is
(name printed or typed)
Title: Vice President
Address: 11260 Roger Bacon Drive, Suite 300
'�I ton, Vi II'. 20w �.
Attest: ''�` '���
(n.• e signed)
(Wiall6
Lau .,.r_
(name printed or typed)
Title: Assistant Secretary
(SEAL)
Note: If the Contractor is a corporation, the Contract Agreement shall be signed by the president or
vice president, attested by the secretary and the corporate seal affixed. If the Contractor is a
partnership,the Contract Agreement shall be signed in the partnership name by one of the partners,
. with indication that he or she is a general partner.
END OF SECTION
04/20/2017 G003-109W/TS-00500
Section 00550
Pre-Award Oath
0 .
STATE OF GEORGIA AUGUSTA, GEORGIA
In accordance with O.C.G.A. §36-91-21(e), we, the undersigned of
Stearns, Conrad and Schmidt, Consulting Engineers, Inc., dba SCS Field Services,
being first duly sworn, deposes and says that:
We have not directly or indirectly violated O.C.G.A. §36-91-21 (d), and more specifically, we
have not
prevented or attempted to prevent competition in such bidding or proposals by any
means whatever,
- prevented or endeavored to prevent anyone from making a bid or proposal thereof by
any means whatever, nor
- caused or induced another to withdraw a bid or proposal for the work.
• We, the undersigned, to the best of our knowledge, affirm that no other officers, agents or
other persons acted for or represented the Contractor in the bidding for and procurement of
this Contract.
Si. .: +*. - Printed Name Title Date
/11/ Guy F. Lewis Vice President 5/4/17
Agitillillw��► . _-'l � My Commission Expires: April 30, 2019
0raryPu• is
\_
(SEAL)
ARY PUB--..munweigth RogLIC
A„, WnDinta
NY Commission• + 7101695
Expires 4/30/2019
• END OF SECTION
04/20/2017 G003-109W/TS-00550
•
•
OAeil! lack rug-3
Yf1ATO
•
Executed in Six Counterparts
Section 00610
• Performance Bond
STATE OF GEORGIA BOND NO, 024072859
AUGUSTA, GEORGIA
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we, Stearns, Conrad and Schmidt, Consulting
Eriners,Jnc,, dba SCS Field Services,. as Principal, (hereinafter known as Contractor), and
we, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company , as Surety,
do hereby acknowledge ourselves indebted and firmly bound and held unto the City of Augusta
for use and benefit of those entitled thereto, in the sum of SIX HUNDRED FIFTY-THREE
THOUSAND TWENTY-THREE AND 10/100 Dollars ($653,023.10,for the payment of which will
and truly to be made, in lawful money of the United States of America, we do hereby bind
ourselves, successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives.
BUT THE CONDITION OF THE FOREGOING OBLIGATION OR BOND IS THIS:
WHEREAS, the Owner has engaged the said Contractor for the sum of SIX HUNDRED
FIFTY-THREE THOUSAND TWENTY-THREE AND 10/100 Dollars($653,023.10)for construction
of the Project, Deans Bridge Road MSW Landfill Phase III-2016 Gas Collection & Control
System GCCS) Expansion as more fully appears in a written Contract Agreement bearing the
date of 2017, a copy of which Contract Agreement is by reference hereby
made a part hereof.
•
NOW, THEREFORE, if
said Contractor shall fully and faithfully perform all the undertakings and
obligations under the said Contract Agreement hereinbefore referred to and shall fully
indemnify and save harmless the said Owner from all costs and damage whatsoever which it
may suffer by reason of any failure on the part of said Contractor to do so, and shall fully
reimburse and repay the said Owner any and all outlay and expense which it may incur in
making good any such default, and shall correct all defects in products and workmanship
appearing within one year of the completion of all Work, then this obligation shall be null and
void, otherwise, it shall remain in full force and effect.
And for value received it is hereby stipulated and agreed that no change, extension of time,
alteration or addition to the terms of the said Contract Agreement, or in the Work to be
performed thereunder, or the Specifications accompanying the same shall in any wise affect
the obligations under this Contract Agreement or Bond, and notice is hereby waived of any
such damage, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract Agreement
or to the Work or to the Contract Documents.
This bond is given pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of O.C.G.A. Section
36-91-1 etseq. and all the provisions of the law referring to this character of Bond as set forth
in said Sections or as may be hereinafter enacted, and these are hereby made a part hereof to
the same extent as if set out herein in full.
•
04/20/2017 G003-109W/TS-00610
00610-2
Performance Bond
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Contractor has hereunder affixed its signature and seal, and
said Surety has hereunto caused to be affixed its corporate signature and seal, by its duly
authorized officers, on this ‘15"rday of , , 2017, executed in six counterparts.
Stearns, Conrad and Schmidt, •nsul 'ng Engineers, Inc.,
CONTRACTOR - PRINCIPAL: dam: rices
By:
(name signed)
Guy F. ew'-
(name printed or typed)
Title: Vice President
Address: 11260 Roger Bacon Drive, Suite 300
‘411.1 .-ken,VA 20190
Attest:
(name signed)
(name printed or typed)
Title: Assistant Secretary
• (SEAL)
SURETY: Liberty t al Ins ranee Company
(name signed)
B. A eman
(name printed or typed)
Title: Attorney-in-Fact
Address: 707 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 2800
Los Angeles, CA 90017
Attest:
yd
1; 14,,m
�� (name signed)
Tracy Aston
(name printed or typed)
Title: Witness
(SEAL)
Note: Surety companies executing Bonds must appear on the Treasury Department's most current list
(Circular 570 as amended) and be authorized to transact business in the state where the Project is
• located.
END OF SECTION
04/20/2017 G003-109W/TS-00610
THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS NOT VALID UNLESS IT IS PRINTED ON RED BACKGROUND.
This Power of Attorney limits the acts of those named herein,and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner and to the extent herein stated.
Certificate No. 7556454
Liberty Mutual Insurance Company
The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company West American Insurance Company
I
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS:That The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of New Hampshire,that
Liberty Mutual Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Massachusetts, and West American Insurance Company is a corporation duly
organized under the laws of the State of Indiana(herein collectively called the"Companies"),pursuant to and by authority herein set forth,does hereby name,constitute and appoint,
April Martinez;Ashraf Elmasry;B.Aleman;Daravy Mady;Edward C.Spector;James Ross;KD Conrad;Kristine Mendez;Lisa K.Crail;Marina Tapia;
Misty Wright;Nathan Varnold;Paul Rodriguez;Renato F.Reyes;Simone Gerhard;Tracy Aston
all of the city of Los Angeles ,state of CA each individually if there be more than one named,its true and lawful attorney-in-fact to make,execute,seal,acknowledge
and deliver,for and on its behalf as surety and as its act and deed,any and all undertakings,bonds,recognizances and other surety obligations,in pursuance of these presents and shall
be as binding upon the Companies as if they have been duly signed by the president and attested by the secretary of the Companies in their own proper persons.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF,this Power of Attorney has been subscribed by an authorized officer or official of the Companies and the corporate seals of the Companies havebeen affixed
thereto this 30th day of November 2016 . .I
0-pr IN,504, iU \
f..., - F� ocu>onq,ri,rF �l
�4 m The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company w�
19,E 1912 1947 Liberty Mutual Insurance Company
cm
o x
o West American Insurance Company..3,.-
CI
d �y„.'H,,,, , .6✓J 93SECHuSc`2 3 yoIANP < 417:,,...4
py '(r�p1* * fit{++ By:i W STATE OF PENNSYLVANIA ssDavid M.Cassistant Secretary CI
es t60 COUNTY OF MONTGOMERY t0
-,7,
L a1 On this 30th day of November , 2016,before me personally appeared David M.Carey,who acknowledged himself to be the Assistant Secretary of Liberty Mutual Insurance O
aV d Company, The Ohio Casualty Company, and West American Insurance Company, and that he,as such, being authorized so to do, execute the foregoing instrument for the purposes >,(01
2therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer. OWI
co
d > IN WITNESS WHEREOF,I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed my notarial seal at King of Prussia,Pennsylvania,on the day and year first above written. 0
t d �gP Pgsr� COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA 7/ ] jr,,to
�Q o�goNwq�A`( Notarial Seal 11/1441-1'd /!�Q%C� ,�® Q I
ti- a s 1' Teresa Pastella,Notary Public By: r O�v_) O
OF OP
p Upper
Merion Twp.,Montgomery County Teresa Pastella,Notary Public s-
d O wP��� My Commission Expires March 28,2017 d Ci
CM
0 2,)
4 o Member,Pennsylvania Association of Notaries 0 l
CL Ei
C ` This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following By-laws and Authorizations of The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, Liberty Mutual N O
Qj i,, Insurance Company,and West American Insurance Company which resolutions are now in full force and effect reading as follows: ,C p
4•::
tco.A ARTICLE IV-OFFICERS-Section 12.Power of Attorney.Any officer or other official of the Corporation authorized for that purpose in writing by the Chairman or the President,and subject O c
*; to such limitation as the Chairman or the President may prescribe,shall appoint such attorneys-in-fact,as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Corporation to make,execute,seal, 1.+d
I0.E acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings,bonds,recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attorneys-in-fact,subject to the limitations set forth in their respective 'a S
E ci powers of attorney,shall have full power to bind the Corporation by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Corporation. When so co,
,O executed,such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the President and attested to by the Secretary.Any power or authority granted to any representative or attorney-in-fact under
V the >provisions of this article may be revoked at any time by the Board,the Chairman,the President or by the officer or officers granting such power or authority. t Cr
v ARTICLE XIII-Execution of Contracts-SECTION 5.Surety Bonds and Undertakings.Any officer of the Company authorized for that purpose in writing by the chairman or the president, ' CNI 00
> 2.) and subject to such limitations as the chairman or the president may prescribe,shall appoint such attorneys-in-fact,as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Company to make,execute, ,1-M
1 Cl. seal,aacknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings,bonds,recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attorneys-in-fact subject to the limitations set forth in their 00
respective powers of attorney,shall have full power to bind the Company by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Company. When so 3 o
executed such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the president and attested by the secretary.
CD
Certificate of Designation-The President of the Company,acting pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company,authorizes David M.Carey,Assistant Secretary to appoint such attorneys-in- I—1-
fact as may be necessary to act on behalf of the Company to make,execute,seal,acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings,bonds,recognizances and other surety
obligations.
l Authorization-By unanimous consent of the Company's Board of Directors,the Company consents that facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any assistant secretary of the
Company,wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company in connection with surety bonds,shall be valid and binding upon the Company with
the same force and effect as though manually affixed.
I, Renee C. Llewellyn, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary, The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, and West American Insurance Company do
hereby certify that the original power of attorney of which the foregoing is a full,true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies, is in full force and effect and
Ihas not been revoked.
I IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF,I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies this day of 20
i PZ'«IN.Srj� P`'lN5U,R ��tNsuq �
hJ a;YCRgr `g2 :0 JPP,s,,Au �✓f. \�'�(F80nq,,,,c
o 1919 > 1972 s` 1991 g
b at y:
° ,,„,;,s�,�"a'� '4".-1'7.:,:4,,,,,,..,.'',� t Renee C.Llew sistant Secretary
'S: .� HblAi.a�
Iy !
- 487 of 500
LMS_12873 082016
Executed in Six Counterparts Section 00620
• Payment Bond
STATE OF GEORGIA BOND NO. 024072859
AUGUSTA, GEORGIA
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we, Stearns, Conrad and Schmidt, Consulti
ng
Engineers Inc., dba SCS Field Services, as Principal, (hereinafter known as Contractor), and
we, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the
City of Augusta (hereinafter called the Owner), in the penal sum of SIX HUNDRED FIFTY-THREE
THOUSAND TWENTYTHREE AND 10/100 Dollars ($653,023.10) lawful money of the United
States of America, for the payment of which sum will and truly to be made, we bind ourselves,
our heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by
these presents.
WHEREAS, sal Contractor has entered into a certain Contract Agreement with said Owner,
� -- �
dated Y�� \ 2017, for construction of the Deans Bridge Road MSW-- -- Landfill Phase
III-2016 Gas Collection & Control System (GCCS) Expansion, (hereinafter called the Contract),
which Contract Agreement and the Contract Documents for said Work shall be deemed a part
hereof as fully as if set out herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such, that if said Contractor and all
subcontractors to whom any portion of the Work provided for in said Contract Agreement is
sublet and all assignees of said Contractor and of such subcontractors shall promptly make
payments to all persons supplying them with labor, products, services, or supplies for or in the
prosecution of the Work provided for in such Contract Agreement, or in any amendment or
extension of or addition to said Contract Agreement, and for the payment of reasonable
attorney's fees, incurred by the claimant in suits on this Bond, then the above obligation shall
be void; otherwise, it shall remain in full force and effect.
HOWEVER, this Bond is subject to the following conditions and limitations:
(a) Any person, firm or corporation that has furnished labor, products, or supplies for or
in the prosecution of the Work provided for in said Contract Agreement shall have a
direct right of action against the Contractor and Surety on this Bond, which right of
action shall be asserted in a proceeding, instituted in the county in which the Work
provided for in said Contract Agreement is to be performed or in any county in
which Contractor or Surety does business. Such right of action shall be asserted in
proceedings instituted in the name of the claimant or claimants for its use and
benefit against said Contractor and Surety or either party (but not later than one
year after the final settlement of said Contract Agreement) in which action such
claim or claims shall be adjudicated and judgment rendered thereon.
(b) The Principal and Surety hereby designate and appoint the
• __. , as the agent of each party to receive and
accept service of process or other pleading issued or filed in any proceeding
04/20/2017 G003-109W\TS-00620
Elk
•
•
•
00620-2
• Payment Bond
instituted on this Bond and hereby consent that such service shall be the same as
personal service on the Contractor and/or Surety.
(c) In no event shall the Surety be liable for a greater sum than the penalty of this
Bond, or subject to any suit, action or proceeding thereon that is instituted later
than one year after the final settlement of said Contract Agreement.
(d) This Bond is given pursuant to and in accordance with provisions of O.C.G.A.
Section 36-91-1 etseq. hereinafter, and all the provisions of law referring to this
character of Bond as set forth in said Sections or as may be hereinafter enacted,
and these are hereby made a part hereof to the same extent as if set out herein in
full.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Contractor has hereunder affixed its signature and seal, and
said Surety has hereunto caused to be affixed its corporate signature and seal, by its duly
authorized officers, on this \tP day of , 2017, executed in six counterparts.
411
.
04/20/2017 G003-109W\TS-00620
00620-3
0 Payment Bond
Stearns, Conrad and Schmidt,Consul ' g E gineers, Inc.,dba SCS
CONTRACTOR - PRINCIPAL: ' d Se�/e
By:
(name signed)
Guy F. L is
(name printed or typed)
Title: Vice President
Address: 11260 Roger Bacon Drive,Suite 300
'411111111111k�ston,VA 20190
Attest: --_- 4
i (name signer
Lawrye .7.1 ►
(name printed or typed)
Title: Assitant Secretary
(SEAL)
SURETY: Liberty Mai,tial Insura ce Company
III in
By: ) '
/ (name signed)
B. Ale an
(name printed or typed)
Title: Attorney-in-Fact
Address: 707 Wilshire Blvd.,Suite 2600
Los Angeles, CA 90017
Attest:
C1�
(name signed)
Tracy Aston
(name printed or typed)
Title: Witness
i
(SEAL)
Note: Surety companies executing Bonds must appear on the Treasury Department's most current list
(Circular 570 as amended) and be authorized to transact business in the state where the Project is
located.
END OF SECTION
• ,
04/20/2017 G003-109W\T5-00620
_
S
•
•
THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS NOT VALID UNLESS IT IS PRINTED ON RED BACKGROUND.
This Power of Attorney limits the acts of those named herein,and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner and to the extent herein stated.
Certificate No.7556453
Liberty Mutual Insurance Company
The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company West American Insurance Company
•
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS:That The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of New Hampshire,that
l Liberty Mutual Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Massachusetts, and West American Insurance Company is a corporation duly
organized under the laws of the State of Indiana(herein collectively called the"Companies"),pursuant to and by authority herein set forth,does hereby name,constitute and appoint,
April Martinez;Ashraf Elmasry;B.Aleman;Daravy Mady;Edward C.Spector;James Ross;KD Conrad;Kristine Mendez;Lisa K.Grail;Marina Tapia;
i Misty Wright;Nathan Varnold;Paul Rodriguez;Renato F.Reyes;Simone Gerhard;Tracy Aston
1
all of the cityof Los Angeles each individually if there be more than one named,its true and lawful attorney-in-fact to make,execute,seal,acknowledge
9 ,state of CA
and deliver,for and on its behalf as surety and as its act and deed,any and all undertakings,bonds,recognizances and other surety obligations,in pursuance of these presents and shall
be as binding upon the Companies as if they have been duly signed by the president and attested by the secretary of the Companies in their own proper persons.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF,this Power of Attorney has been subscribed by an authorized officer or official of the Companies and the corporate seals of the Companies have been affixed
thereto this 30th day of November , 2016
p, .(INstJ� P�,t SUq,�, .�.�liaS(,R `R 4
,,,•J ie.pon r,'Y2 ,J pavoa474,,,rc F� ,or,,,,A,,�
t The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company vii
0 1919 1912 1991 Liberty Mutual Insurance Company
West merican Insurance Company
w *. r�CN:fS NDIAtiP �� I
By.
=
to STATE OF PENNSYLVANIA ss David M.Care ;Assistant Secretary
' I- COUNTY OF MONTGOMERY
d0 On this 30th day of November , 2016,before me personally appeared David M.Carey,who acknowledged himself to be the Assistant Secretary of Liberty Mutual Insurance �0
r0 a Company, The Ohio Casualty Company, and West American Insurance Company, and that he,as such, being authorized so to do, execute the foregoing instrument for the purposes C�u)
o is therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer. w u"�
C
w > IN WITNESS WHEREOF,I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed my notarial seal at King of Prussia,Pennsylvania,on the day and year first above written. o` g.
Z 3 9P
pggr COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA , ' l L2tL()
• ,1 '1% d� Q M
��v �y v Teresa Pastella,Notary Public gy; o
0 L of Upper Merion Twp.,Montgomery County Teresa Pastella,Notary Public L
My Commission Expires March 28,2017 w c
0 r �` tCAS' Member,Pennsylvania Association of Notaries 0 i
a
CRI This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following By-laws and Authorizations of The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, Liberty Mutual w
6.; Insurance Company,and West American Insurance Company which resolutions are now in full force and effect reading as follows:
l t4D L ARTICLE IV-OFFICERS-Section 12.Power of Attorney.Any officer or other official of the Corporation authorized for that purpose in writing by the Chairman or the President,and subject 0 .
?II to such limitation as the Chairman or the President may prescribe,shall appoint such attorneys-in-fact,as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Corporation to make,execute,seal,
oC Q
acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings,bonds,recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attorneys-in-fact,subject to the limitations set forth in their respective '
Ea; powers of attorney,shall have full power to bind the Corporation by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Corporation. When so '—
ora executed,such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the President and attested to by the Secretary.Any power or authority granted to any representative or attorney-in-fact under >
the provisions of this article may be revoked at any time by the Board,the Chairman,the President or by the officer or officers granting such power or authority.
2 ARTICLE XIII—Execution of Contracts-SECTION 5.Surety Bonds and Undertakings.Any officer of the Company authorized for that purpose in writing by the chairman or the president, E
• > L and subject to such limitations as the chairman or the president may prescribe,shall appoint such attorneys-in-fact,as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Company to make,execute,
,
Z v seal,acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings,bonds,recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attorneys-in-fact subject to the limitations set forth in their =
respective powers of attorney,shall have full power to bind the Company by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Company. When so v
executed such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the president and attested by the secretary. o
Certificate of Designation-The President of the Company,acting pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company,authorizes David M.Carey,Assistant Secretary to appoint such attorneys-in- I—`-i
fact as may be necessary to act on behalf of the Company to make,execute,seal,acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings,bonds,recognizances and other surety
obligations.
Authorization-By unanimous consent of the Company's Board of Directors,the Company consents that facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any assistant secretary of the
Company,wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company in connection with surety bonds,shall be valid and binding upon the Company with
the same force and effect as though manually affixed.
I, Renee C. Llewellyn, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary, The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, and West American Insurance Company do
hereby certify that the original power of attorney of which the foregoing is a full,true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies,is in full force and effect and
has not been revoked.
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF,I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies this day of ,20
JPLp
a:e[N.s-N, Jv iN S Ur,,,? ,N 4NSUPq
•
'716'4vw
1919 1912 1997 By:
b
°�y k*y�s��y >, „41. y ? Renee C.Llew , sistant Secretary
I I
486 of 500
LMS 12873 082016
Section 00700
General Conditions
• TABLE OF CONTENTS
Article Title Page
General 00700-1
1 Notice of Award of Contract 00700-1
2 Execution of Contract Documents 00700-1
3 Contract Security 00700-1
4 Insurance 00700-2
5 Indemnification 00700-2
6 Notice to Proceed 00700-3
7 Termination of Work for Default 00700-3
8 Termination for Convenience of the Owner 00700-4
9 Assignments 00700-4
10 Subcontracting 00700-4
11 Authority of the Engineer 00700-5
12 Separate Contracts 00700-5
13 Laws and Regulations 00700-6
14 Taxes 00700-6
15 Notice and Service Thereof 00700-7
16 Patents 00700-7
17 Land and Rights-of-Way 00700-7
18 Products 00700-8
• 19 Supervision of Work 00700-8
20 Interruption of Facility Operations 00700-9
21 Protection of Work, Property and Persons 00700-9
22 Protection of the Environment 00700-10
23 Protection, Location and Relocation of Utilities 00700-10
24 Schedules, Reports and Records 00700-10
25 Drawings and Specifications 00700-11
26 Surveys 00700-11
27 Testing, Inspection and Rejection of Work 00700-12
28 Contract Time and Liquidated Damages 00700-13
29 Changes in the Contract 00700-13
30 Payments and Completion 00700-17
•
01/8/2016 G003-109W\TS-00700
00700- 1
General Conditions
• GENERAL: The provisions of these General Conditions are intended as, but are not limited to,
providing general conditions of agreement and provisions toward the awarding of the Contract,
the obligations of the successful Bidder and requirements for execution and administration of
the Contract. IN ANY EVENT, PROVISIONS IN THIS SECTION ARE SUBJECT TO AND GOVERNED
BY PROVISIONS IN THE SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS,AS APPLICABLE.
Article 1 - Notice of Award of Contract
After receipt of Bids, the Owner shall notify the successful Bidder of the award of the Contract
as stipulated in the Supplementary Conditions.
Article 2 - Execution of Contract Documents
Within 15 days of notification of Award of Contract, the Owner will furnish the Contractor with
conformed copies of Contract Documents for execution by the Contractor and the surety.
Within 10 days after receipt, the Contractor shall return all the Documents properly executed
by the Contractor and the surety. Attached to each Document shall be an original
power-of-attorney for the person executing the Bonds for the surety and certificates of
insurance for the required insurance coverage.
• Within 30 days after receipt of the conformed Documents executed by the Contractor and the
surety with the power-of-attorney and certificates of insurance, the Owner will complete the
execution of the Documents. Distribution of the completed Documents will be made upon
execution by the Owner.
Should the Contractor and/or the surety fail to properly execute the Documents within the
specified time, the Owner will have the right to proceed on the Bid Bond accompanying the
Bid.
If the Owner fails to execute the Documents within the time limit specified, the Contractor will
have the right to withdraw the Proposal without penalty. In such event the Owner will have no
liability to the Contractor under these Documents or otherwise.
Should either party require an extension of any of the time limits stated above, this shall be
done only by written mutual agreement between both parties.
Article 3 - Contract Security
The Contractor shall furnish separate Performance and Payment Bonds each in a sum equal to
the amount of the Contract Price, the Performance Bond conditioned upon the performance by
the Contractor of all undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions and agreements of the
Contract Documents, and the Payment Bond conditioned upon the prompt payment by the
40 Contractor to all persons supplying labor and products in the prosecution of the Work provided
by the Contract Documents. Such Bonds shall be executed by the Contractor and a corporate
01/8/2016 G003-109W\TS-00700
00700-2
General Conditions
bonding company licensed to transact such business in the State where the Project is located
and named on the current list of "Surety Companies Acceptable on Federal Bonds" as •
published in the Treasury Department Circular Number 570. The expense of these Bonds
shall be borne by the Contractor. If at any time a surety on any such Bond is declared bankrupt
or loses its right to do business in the State where the Project is located or is removed from the
list of Surety Companies accepted on Federal Bonds, the Contractor shall, within 10 days after
notice from the Owner to do so, substitute an acceptable Bond (or Bonds) in such form and
sum and signed by such other surety as may be satisfactory to the Owner. The premium on
such Bond (or Bonds) shall be paid by the Contractor. No further progress payments shall be
deemed due, nor shall be made, until the new surety furnishes an acceptable Bond to the
Owner.
The person executing the Bond on behalf of the surety shall file with the Bond a general power
of attorney, unlimited as to amount and type of Bond covered by such power of attorney and
certified to by an official of said surety.
Article 4 - Insurance
The Contractor shall not commence any work under this Contract until all insurance, as
stipulated in the Supplementary Conditions, has been obtained and such insurance has been
approved by the Owner, nor shall the Contractor allow any subcontractor to commence any
work on subcontractor's contract until all similar insurance required of the subcontractor has
been so obtained and approved by the Contractor.
•
Article 5 - Indemnification
The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, the Engineer and their agents
and employees from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses including claims
for consultants' and attorneys' fees arising out of or resulting from the performance of the
Work, provided that any such claims, damage, loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury,
sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property, including the loss
of use resulting therefrom; and is caused in whole or in part by negligence, willful act or
omission of the Contractor, any subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of
them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable.
In any and all claims against the Owner or the Engineer, or any of their agents or employees,
by any employee of the Contractor, any subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed
by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification
obligation shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages,
compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or any subcontractor under worker's
compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefits acts.
This indemnification and hold harmless obligation shall extend to cover any and all claims not
covered by the Owner's Protective Liability Insurance, the requirements of which are specified
in Article 4 of the Supplementary Conditions.
01/8/2016 G003-109W\TS-00700
00700-3
General Conditions
Article 6 - Notice to Proceed
•
The Notice to Proceed will be issued, following the pre-construction conference, within 10 days
of the execution of the Contract Agreement by the Owner. The time may be extended by
mutual agreement between the Owner and the Contractor. If the Notice to Proceed has not
been issued within the 10 day period or within the period mutually agreed upon, the
Contractor may terminate the Contract Agreement without further liability on the part of either
party.
Article 7 - Termination of Work for Default
(a) The Work may be terminated if:
(1) The Contractor is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent.
(2) The Contractor makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors.
(3) A trustee or receiver is appointed for the Contractor or for any of Contractor's
property.
(4) The Contractor files a petition to take advantage of any debtor's act, or to
reorganize under the bankruptcy or applicable laws.
• (5) The Contractor repeatedly fails to supply sufficient skilled workmen,
materials or equipment.
(6) The Contractor fails to make satisfactory progress toward timely completion
of the Work.
(7) The Contractor repeatedly fails to make prompt payments to subcontractors
or material suppliers for labor, materials or equipment.
(8) The Contractor disregards laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of
any public body having jurisdiction of the Work.
(9) The Contractor fails to comply with directives of the Engineer.
(10) The Contractor otherwise violates any provision of the Contract Documents.
(b) The Owner may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy and after giving the
Contractor and surety a minimum of 10 days from delivery of a written notice,
terminate the services of the Contractor and take possession of the Project and of
all products thereon owned by the Contractor, and finish the Work by whatever
method the Owner may deem expedient. In such case the Contractor shall not be
• entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid
balance of the Contract Price exceeds the direct and indirect costs of completing
01/8/2016 G003-109W\TS-00700
00700-4
General Conditions
the Project, including compensation for additional professional services, such
excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs exceed such unpaid balance, •
the Contractor and/or surety shall pay the difference to the Owner. Such costs
incurred by the Owner will be determined by the Engineer and incorporated in a
Change Order.
(c) Where the Contractor's services have been so terminated by the Owner, said
termination will not affect any right of the Owner against the Contractor then
existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of monies by the
Owner due the Contractor will not release the Contractor from compliance with the
Contract Documents.
Article 8 - Termination for Convenience of the Owner
If, for any reason other than those provided for under Article 7, the Owner elects to
discontinue, in whole or part, the Work under this Contract, the Owner may, after 10 days from
delivery of a written notice to the Contractor and the Engineer, terminate, in whole or in part,
the Contractor's performance of the Work under this Contract. The notice of termination shall
specify the extent to which performance of the Work under the Contract is terminated.
In the event of such termination by the Owner, the Contractor shall be entitled to payment for
the Work at the jobsite acceptably performed up to the time of the termination and
reimbursement for such costs as are reasonably incurred by the Contractor due to the
termination and not otherwise compensated. The Contractor shall also be entitled to profit on
the amounts payable to the Contractor, but such profit shall be limited to 6 percent of such
amounts. The Contractor will not be entitled to any payment, including any anticipated profit,
on Work not performed and will not be entitled to any compensation for other economic loss
arising out of or resulting from such compensation or damages of any nature.
Article 9 -Assignments
The Contractor shall not assign the whole or any part of this Contract or any monies due or to
become due hereunder without written consent of the Owner. In case the Contractor assigns
all or any part of any monies due or to become due under this Contract, the instrument of
assignment shall contain a clause substantially to the effect that it is agreed that the right of
the assignee in and to any monies due or to become due to the Contractor shall be subject to
prior liens of all persons, firms, and corporations for services rendered or materials supplied
for the performance of the Work called for under this Contract.
Article 10 - Subcontracting
(a) The Contractor shall not subcontract the complete Work, or any part thereof, and
shall not award any work to any subcontractor without prior written approval of the
Owner. Owner approval will not be given except upon the basis of written
statements containing such information as the Owner may require. At the •
pre-construction conference, the Contractor shall submit all subcontractors that the
01/8/2016 G003-109W\TS-00700
00700-5
General Conditions
Contractor plans to use on the Project. Any changes or additional subcontractors
• should be submitted at least 14 days prior to the needed approval.
(b) The Contractor shall utilize the services of specialty subcontractors on those parts
of the Work which, under normal contracting practices, are best performed by
specialty subcontractors, as required by the Engineer in Engineer's sole discretion,
at no additional cost to the Owner.
If the Contractor desires to perform specialty work, the Contractor shall submit a
request to the Owner, accompanied by evidence that the Contractor's own
organization has successfully performed the type of work in question, is presently
competent to perform the type of work, and the performance of the work by
specialty subcontractors will result in materially increased costs or inordinate
delays.
(c) The Contractor shall be fully responsible to the Owner for the acts and omissions of
the Contractor's subcontractors and of persons either directly or indirectly employed
by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be fully responsible to the Owner for the
acts and omissions of independent contractors or independent subcontractors of
the Contractor and of persons indirectly employed by the Contractor as the
Contractor is for the acts and omissions of persons directly employed by the
Contractor.
• (d) The Contractor shall cause appropriate provisions to be inserted in all subcontracts
relative to the Work to bind subcontractors to the Contractor by the terms of the
General Conditions and other Contract Documents insofar as applicable to the work
of subcontractors and to give the Contractor the same power as regards
terminating any subcontract that the Owner may exercise over the Contractor under
any provision of the Contract Documents.
(e) Nothing contained in this Contract shall create any contractual relation between
any subcontractor and the Owner.
Article 11 -Authority of the Engineer
The Engineer will act as the Owner's representative during the construction period. The
Engineer will decide questions which may arise as to quality and acceptability of products
furnished and Work performed. The Engineer will interpret the intent of the Contract
Documents in a fair and unbiased manner. The Engineer will make visits to the site and
determine if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. The
Engineer will judge as to the accuracy of quantities submitted by the Contractor in partial
payment estimates and the acceptability of the Work which these quantities represent. The
decisions of the Engineer will be final and conclusive.
•
01/8/2016 G003-109W\TS-00700
00700-6
General Conditions
Article 12 -Separate Contracts
•
(a) The Owner reserves the right to let other contracts in connection with this Project.
The Contractor shall afford other contractors reasonable opportunity for the
introduction and storage of their products and the execution of their work, and the
Contractor and other contractors shall properly connect and coordinate their work
with each other. If the proper execution or results of any part of the Contractor's
work depends upon the work of any other contractor, the Contractor shall inspect
and promptly report to the Engineer any defects in such work that render it
unsuitable for such proper execution and results.
(b) The Owner may perform additional work related to the Project with Owner's own
forces. The Contractor shall afford the Owner reasonable opportunity for the
introduction and storage of products and the execution of work, and shall properly
connect and coordinate Contractor's work with work performed by Owner's own
forces.
(c) If the performance of additional work by other contractors or the Owner is not noted
in the Contract Documents prior to the execution of the Contract, written notice
thereof will be given to the Contractor prior to starting any such additional work. If
the Contractor believes that the performance of such additional work by the Owner
or others involves the Contractor in additional expense or entitles the Contractor to
an extension of the Contract Time, the Contractor may make a claim therefore as
provided in Article 29.
Article 13 - Laws and Regulations
The Contractor's attention is directed to the fact that all applicable federal, state, county and
city laws, municipal ordinances, and the rules and regulations of all authoriti4s having
jurisdiction over construction of the Project shall apply to the Contract throughout, anal they will
be deemed to be included in the Contract as though written out in full herein. The contractor
shall keep fully informed of all laws, ordinances and regulations of the federal, state, county,
city and municipal governments or authorities in any manner affecting those er)gaged or
employed in the Work or the materials used in the Work or in any way affecting the conduct of
the Work and of all orders and decrees of bodies or tribunals having any jurisdiction or
authority over same. If any discrepancy or inconsistency should be discovered in these
Contract Documents herein referred to, in relation to any such law, ordinance, regulation,
order or decree, the Contractor shall herewith report the same, in writing, to the Owner. The
Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with all such existing and future laws,
ordinances and regulations, and shall protect and indemnify the Owner, the Engineer and their
agents against the violation of any such law, ordinance, regulation, order or decree, whether by
the Contractor or by the Contractor's employees.
Article 14 - Taxes
•
The Contractor shallpaY all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes required by the law of
01/8/2016 G003-109W\TS-00700
00700-7
General Conditions
the place where the Work is performed. The Owner will be responsible for any sales or use tax
• due on products furnished by the Owner to the Contractor to be incorporated into the Work.
Article 15 - Notice and Service Thereof
(a) All notices, demands, requests, instructions, approvals, and claims shall be in
writing.
(b) Any notice to or demand upon the Contractor will be sufficiently given if delivered at
the office of the Contractor specified in the Proposal (or at such other office as the
Contractor may from time to time designate to the Owner in writing), or if delivered
by the United States Mail in a sealed, postage-prepaid envelope, or delivered by
facsimile transmission, followed by written confirmation, in each case addressed to
such office.
(c) All papers required to be delivered to the Owner shall be delivered as stipulated in
the Supplementary Conditions.
(d) Any such notice or demand shall be deemed to have been given to the Owner or
made as of the time of actual delivery to Owner.
Article 16 - Patents
4110/ (a) The Contractor shall hold and save the Owner, the Engineer and their agents
harmless from liability of any kind, including cost and expenses, reasonable
attorney's fees, for, or on account of, any patented or unpatented invention,
process, article, or appliance manufactured or used in the performance of the
Work, including its use by the Owner.
(b) If the Contractor uses any design, process, device or materials covered by letters,
trademarks, patent or copyright, the Contractor shall provide for such use by
suitable agreement between the Owner and the holder of such patented or
copyrighted design, device or material. The Contract prices shall include royalties
or costs arising from the use of such design, device or materials, in any way
involved in the Work. The Contractor and the Contractor's sureties shall indemnify
and save harmless the Owner, the Engineer and their agents from claims for
infringement by reason of the use of such patented or copyrighted design, process,
device or materials or any trademark or copyright in connection with Work agreed to
be performed under this Contract, and shall indemnify the Owner, the Engineer and
their agents for any cost, expense, damage and reasonable attorney's fees which it
may be obliged to pay by reason of such infringement, at any time during the
prosecution of the Work or after completion of the Work.
Article 17 - Land and Rights-of-Way
• The Owner will provide, as indicated in the Contract Documents and prior to the Notice to
01/8/2016 G003-109W\TS-00700
00700-8
General Conditions
Proceed, the lands upon which the Work is to be done, rights-of-way for access thereto, and .
such other lands which are designated for the use of the Contractor. The Contractor shall
confine work and all associated activities to the easements and other areas designated for the
Contractor's use. The Contractor shall comply with any limits on construction methods and
practices which may be required by easement agreements.
If, due to some unforeseen reason, the necessary easements are not obtained, the Contractor
shall receive an equitable extension of Contract Time and/or an equitable increase in the
Contract Price to cover the Contractor's additional costs as a result thereof, provided the
Owner is notified immediately of the claim. The Contractor's claim therefore shall be handled
as provided for under Article 29.
Should additional temporary easements for ingress or egress be required by the Contractor for
more suitable access to the Work, these easements shall be obtained by the Contractor, at no
additional cost to the Owner.
Additional requirements shall be as stipulated in the Supplementary Conditions.
Article 18 - Products
(a) Products shall be so stored in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations to insure the preservation of their quality and fitness for the
Work. Stored products to be incorporated in the Work shall be located so as to
facilitate prompt inspection.
(b) Manufactured products shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used,
cleaned and conditioned as directed by the manufacturer.
(c) Products shall be furnished in accordance with shop drawings and/or samples
submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer.
(d) Products to be incorporated into the Work shall not be purchased by the Contractor
or the subcontractor subject to a chattel mortgage or under a conditional sale
contract or other agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller.
Article 19 -Supervision of Work
The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work. The Contractor shall be solely responsible
for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction. The
Contractor shall employ and maintain on the Work a qualified supervisor or superintendent
who shall have been designated in writing by the Contractor as the Contractor's representative
at the site. The supervisor shall be present on the site at all times as required to perform
adequate supervision and coordination of the Work.
The supervisor shall have full authority to act on behalf of the Contractor and to execute the •
orders or directions of the Engineer without delay. The supervisor shall have full authority to
01/8/2016 G003-109W\TS-00700
00700-9
General Conditions
promptly supply products, tools, plant equipment and labor as may be required. The
• supervisor's authority shall be such that all communication given to the supervisor shall be as
binding as if given to the Contractor.
The Contractor shall employ only competent and skilled personnel. The Contractor shall, upon
demand from the Engineer, immediately remove any superintendent, foreman or workman
whom the Engineer or Owner may consider incompetent or undesirable.
Article 20 - Interruption of Facility Operations
The Contractor shall provide the Owner with written notice at least five days prior to any
interruption in facility operations required by construction activity. The notice shall include the
date and time of the scheduled interruption; the length of time the interruption will be in effect;
the procedures to be followed in effecting the interruption; a complete identification of all
those processes, equipment and operations to be affected; and all other information the
Owner may require. The Contractor shall provide any equipment, piping, auxiliary power or
other means necessary to sustain facility operations or function for interruptions which have
not been identified by the Specifications, or when interruptions must exceed the time allowed
by the Specifications.
Additional requirements, if any, shall be as stipulated in the Supplementary Conditions.
• Article 21 - Protection of Work, Property and Persons
(a) The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all
safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. The Contractor shall
take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary
protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to all employees on the Work and other
persons who may be affected thereby, all the Work and all products to be
incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site, and other property at the
site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements,
roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal, relocation or
replacement in the course of construction.
(b) The Contractor shall comply with the Department of Labor Safety and Health
Regulations for construction, promulgated under the Occupational Safety and
Health Act of 1970 (PL 91-596) and under Section 107 of the Contract Work Hours
and Safety Standards Act (PL 91-54). The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as
required by the conditions and progress of the Work, all necessary safeguards for
safety and protection.
(c) The Contractor shall remedy all damage, injury or loss to any property,
improvements or facilities caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by the
Contractor or any of the Contractor's subcontractors or anyone directly or indirectly
employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. The
• property, improvements or facilities shall be replaced or restored to a condition as
good as when the Contractor entered upon the Work. In case of failure on the part
01/8/2016 G003-109W\TS-00700
00700- 10
General Conditions
of the Contractor to restore such property, or make good such damages or injury, •
the Owner may, after 48 hours written notice, proceed to repair, rebuild, or
otherwise restore such property, improvements or facilities as may be deemed
necessary. The cost thereof will be deducted from any monies due or which may
become due the Contractor under this Contract.
(d) In emergencies affecting the safety of persons or the Work or property at the site or
adjacent thereto, the Contractor, without special instruction or authorization from
the Engineer or Owner, shall act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss.
(e) Completed Work and stored products shall be suitably protected during
unseasonable weather, to allow Work to proceed in a timely fashion. Work planned,
or in progress, should be performed to minimize impact of adverse weather.
Article 22 - Protection of the Environment
(a) The Contractor shall be responsible for taking all measures required to minimize all
types of pollution associated with the undertaking of the proposed Work, and shall
abide by the requirements of all governmental agencies having jurisdiction over the
Work or Contractor's Project operations.
(b) Any area used or involved in the Project that is disturbed by the Contractor, shall be
restored to original or better condition, even though such area is outside the limits
11111
of that specified for grading, grassing or landscaping.
Article 23 - Protection, Location and Relocation of Utilities
The Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent utilities when prosecution of the Work may
affect them. The Contractor shall protect from damage all existing improvements or utilities at,
or in proximity to, the site of the Work, and shall repair or restore any damage to such facilities
resulting from failure to exercise reasonable care in the performance of Work. If the
Contractor fails or refuses to repair any such damage promptly, the Owner may havethe Work
performed and charge the cost thereof to the Contractor.
Prior to the construction or installation of any proposed facility or pipeline, the Contractor shall
expose all existing utilities true to their vertical and horizontal location, within the vicinity of the
Work. In order to avoid conflicts between existing and proposed facilities or utilities, the
Contractor shall either relocate the existing or proposed utility on a temporary or permanent
basis, or shall take whatever means necessary to protect the existing facilities or utilities
during the installation of proposed utilities, as approved by the Engineer. No separate
payment will be made for the relocation of existing utilities or for any work associated with the
protection of existing facilities or utilities.
Article 24 - Schedules, Reports and Records
•
The Contractor shall submit to the Owner progress schedules, payrolls, reports, estimates,
01/8/2016 G003-109W\TS-00700
00700- 11
General Conditions
records and other data as the Owner may request concerning work performed or to be
• performed as stipulated in the Supplementary Conditions.
Article 25 - Drawings and Specifications
The Drawings, Specifications, Contract Documents, and all supplemental documents, are
considered essential parts of the Contract, and requirements occurring in one are as binding
as though occurring in all. They are intended to define, describe and provide for all Work
necessary to complete the Project in an acceptable manner, ready for use, occupancy, or
operation by the Owner.
The Engineer will furnish the Contractor five copies of the Contract Documents, one copy of
which the Contractor shall have available at all times on the Project site. Any additional copies
will be furnished at additional cost.
In case of conflict between the Drawings and Specifications, the Specifications will govern.
Figure dimensions on Drawings will govern over scale dimensions, and detailed Drawings will
govern over general Drawings.
In cases where products or quantities are omitted from the Specifications, the description and
quantities shown on the Drawings will govern.
Any materially differing site condition as between what is shown on the Drawings and
Specifications and actually found on site shall be immediately reported to the Engineer, in
writing, prior to the commencement of Work at the site. Failure of the Contractor to notify the
Engineer, in writing, of the differing site condition prior to performance of Work at the site shall
constitute a waiver of any claim for additional monies. Any Change Order necessitated by the
differing site condition shall be processed as provided under Article 29.
Any ambiguities or need for clarification of the Drawings or Specifications shall be immediately
reported in writing to the Engineer. Any such ambiguity or need for clarification will be handled
by the Engineer, in writing, as authorized by Article 11. No clarification of the Drawings and
Specifications hereunder by the Engineer will entitle the Contractor to any additional monies
unless a Change Order has been processed as provided by Article 29 hereof.
Any work done by the Contractor following a discovery of such differing site condition or
ambiguity or need for clarification in the Contract Drawings and Specifications, prior to a
written report to the Engineer, shall not entitle the Contractor to additional monies and shall be
done at the Contractor's risk.
Article 26 - Surveys
The Owner will furnish a land survey to establish a base line for locating the principal
component parts of the Work, as shown in the Contract Documents. A bench mark will be
• established adjacent to the Work. From this information, unless otherwise specified in the
Contract Documents, the Contractor shall develop and make all detailed surveys needed for
01/8/2016 G003-109W\TS-00700
00700- 12
General Conditions
construction, such as alignment, slope stakes, batter boards, stakes for pile locations and
other working points, lines, elevations and cut sheets. •
Article 27 - Testing, Inspection and Rejection of Work
(a) Testing of Materials: Unless otherwise specifically provided for in the
Specifications, the inspection and testing of products to be incorporated in the
Work at the site shall be made by bureaus, laboratories, or agencies approved by
the Owner; the cost of such inspection and testing shall be paid by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall furnish evidence, satisfactory to the Owner, that the products
have passed the required tests prior to their incorporation into the Work. The
Contractor shall promptly segregate and remove rejected products from the site of
the Work.
(b) Inspection: The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with every reasonable facility
for ascertaining whether or not the Work performed and products used are in
accordance with the requirements and intent of the Specifications and Contract
Documents. No Work shall be done or products used without suitable inspection by
the Engineer or Engineer's representative. Failure to reject any defective Work or
product shall not in any way prevent later rejection when such defect is discovered,
or obligate the Owner to final acceptance.
(c) Authority and Duties of the Resident Inspector: The Resident Inspector will be
authorized to inspect all Work done and all products furnished, including
preparation, fabrication and manufacture of the products to be used, but the
Resident Inspector will not be authorized to alter or waive any requirements of the
Contract Documents. The Resident Inspector may reject products or suspend the
Work until any question at issue can be referred to and decided by the Engineer.
The responsibility of the Contractor is not lessened by the presence of the Resident
Inspector. The Resident Inspector will be identified at the Pre-Construction
Conference.
(d) Rejection of Work and Materials: All products furnished and all Work done that is
not in accordance with the Drawings or Specifications or that is defective will be
rejected. All rejected products or Work shall be removed immediately. If rejected
products or Work is not removed within 48 hours, the Engineer will have the right
and authority to stop the Work immediately and will have the right to arrange for the
removal of said rejected products or Work at the cost and expense of the
Contractor. All rejected products or Work shall be replaced with other products or
Work which conforms with the Drawings and Specifications.
(e) Contractor's Responsibilities: Inspection of the Work will not relieve the Contractor
of any obligations to fulfill the Contract and defective Work shall be made good
regardless of whether such Work has been previously inspected by the Engineer
and accepted or estimated for payment. The failure of the Engineer to reject
•
improper Work shall not be considered a waiver of any defect which may be
01/8/2016 G003-109W\TS-00700
00700- 13
General Conditions
discovered later, or for Work actually defective.
Article 28 - Contract Time and Liquidated Damages
The Contract Time and Liquidated Damages shall be defined in the Advertisement for
Proposal.
The Contractor shall proceed with the Work at a rate of progress which will insure completion
within the Contract Time. It is expressly understood and agreed by and between the
Contractor and the Owner, that the Contract Time for the Work described herein is a
reasonable time, taking into consideration the average climatic and economic conditions, and
other factors prevailing in the locality of the Work.
If the Contractor shall fail to perform the Work required within the Contract Time, or extended
Contract Time if authorized by Change Order, then the Contractor shall pay to the Owner the
full amount of liquidated damages specified in the Contract Documents for each calendar day
that the Contractor shall be in default after the time stipulated in the Contract Documents.
The Contractor shall not be charged with liquidated damages or any excess cost when the
delay in performance of the Work is due to the following and the Contractor has promptly given
written notice of such delay to the Owner and Engineer:
ID (a) To any preference, priority or allocation order duly issued by the Owner.
(b) To unforeseeable causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of
the Contractor, including but not restricted to, acts of God or of the public enemy,
acts of the Owner, acts of another contractor in the performance of a contract with
the Owner, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, freight
embargoes, and abnormal and unforeseeable weather; and,
(c) To any delays of subcontractors occasioned by any of the causes specified in
paragraphs (a)and (b).
Article 29 - Changes in the Contract
(a) Changes in the Work: The Owner may at any time, as the need arises, order
changes within the scope of the Work without invalidating the Contract Agreement.
If such changes increase or decrease the amount due under the Contract
Documents, or in the time required for performance of the Work, an equitable
adjustment will be authorized by Change Order.
The Engineer, also, may at any time, by issuing a field order, make changes in the
details of the Work. These changes by field order will not affect Contract Time or
Contract Price. The Contractor shall proceed with the performance of any changes
• in the Work so ordered by the Engineer, unless the Contractor believes that such
field order entitles Contractor to a change in Contract Price or Contract Time or
01/8/2016 G003-109W\TS-00700
00700- 14
General Conditions
both, in which event Contractor shall give the Engineer immediate, written notice
thereof and if required by the Owner, an immediate estimate of the direct cost of •
Work as outlined in (b) below, after the receipt of the ordered change, and the
Contractor shall not execute such changes pending the receipt of an executed
Change Order or further written instruction from the Owner.
Should the Contractor encounter, or the Owner discover, during the progress of the
Work, subsurface or latent conditions at the site materially differing from those
shown on the Drawings or indicated in the Specifications, or unknown conditions of
an unusual nature differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and
generally recognized as inherent in Work of the character provided for in the
Drawings and Specifications, the Owner shall immediately be notified in writing of
such conditions before they are disturbed. The Owner will thereupon promptly
investigate the conditions. If the Owner finds that conditions do so materially differ,
or are of an unusual nature, and upon written request of the Contractor, an
equitable adjustment will be authorized by Change Order.
If the Contractor does not immediately notify the Owner in writing of the belief that a
field order, additional work by other contractors or the Owner, or subsurface, latent
or unusual unknown conditions entitles the Contractor to a Change Order, no
consideration for time or money will be given the Contractor.
The Owner may, with the Contractor's concurrence, elect to postpone the issuance
of a Change Order until such time that a single Change Order of substantial •
importance can be issued incorporating several changes. In such cases, the Owner
will indicate this intent for each change in the Contract in a written response to the
Contractor's request for a change, following agreement by the Owner and
Contractor on the change's scope, price and time.
(b) Changes in Contract Price: The Contract Price may be changed only byla Change
Order. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order for increase or decrease
in the Contract Price will be determined by one or more of the following methods, in
the order of precedence listed below:
(1) By estimating the number of unit quantities of each part of the Work which
is changed (either increased or decreased) and then multiplying the
estimated number of such unit quantities by the price Proposed (which price
shall include the Contractor's overhead and profit) for a unit quantity
thereof.
(2) The Owner will fix the total lump sum value of the change in the Work of the
Contractor following the Contractor's submittal, within a reasonable time, of
an estimate of the direct cost of the Work. The direct cost estimate will be
added to, or deducted from, the Contract Price (which price will include the
Contractor's overhead and profit as outlined below). If the Contractor does
not submit a cost estimate of the Work in a reasonable time or if the Owner •
01/8/2016 G003-109W\TS-00700
00700- 15
General Conditions
and Contractor do not reach agreement on the cost, the Owner may fix the
• total lump sum value at a reasonable amount. On any lump sum change
which involves a net credit to the Owner, no allowance for overhead and
profit will be figured.
(3) By ordering the Contractor to proceed with the Work and to keep and
present, in such form as the Owner may direct, a correct account of the cost
of the change together with all vouchers therefore. The cost hereunder will
only include an allowance for overhead and profit as outlined below.
For the Work performed in item (2) or (3) above, payment will be made for
the documented actual direct cost of the following:
(aa) Labor, including foremen, for those hours they are assigned and
participating in the Work covered by the change order (actual
direct payroll cost of wages). The Contractor shall furnish, if
required by the Owner, certified payrolls to verify wages. All labor
related costs will be included in a 30 percent markup of the cost
of direct payroll wages. This refers to the Contractor's specific
labor wages.
(bb) Material delivered and used on the designated Work, including
• sales tax, if paid for by the Contractor and as verified by original
invoices or otherwise verifiable to the Owner's acceptance.
(cc) Rental, or ownership cost of equipment, including necessary
transportation of equipment, having a purchase value in excess
of $300.00. Rental or ownership cost will be allowed for only
those hours during which the equipment is required on the
project site. Cost allowances will not exceed the rates defined as
follows: the hourly rate, for equipment not used exclusively in the
change to the scope of work, will be the monthly rate, as printed
in the current Rental Blue Book for Construction Equipment
published by Dataquest, divided by 176; the rate, for equipment
used exclusively for those tasks identified in the change to the
scope of work, will be the daily, weekly or monthly rate, used
singularly or in combination, which will provide the lowest total
cost. The rates will be modified by the Rate Adjustment Table
factors to reflect a depreciation allowance indexed to the year a
machine was originally manufactured and sold. The rates will be
adjusted to account for regional differences in annual use hours,
cost of labor, freight, taxes, etc. The amount by which basic rates
will be increased or decreased is shown on the adjustment maps
included in the "Blue Book".
• The equipment use period will begin only at the time equipment is unloaded
01/8/2016 G003-109W\TS-00700
00700- 16
General Conditions
at the site if the changed work, will include each day that the equipment is •
required at the site of the changed work and will terminate at the end of the
day on which the use of such equipment becomes unnecessary, plus
reasonable transportation time. The maximum time to be paid per day will
not exceed eight hours unless the equipment is in operation for a longer
time. The time which will be paid for per day, for equipment not used
exclusively in the change to the scope of work, will be the hours which the
equipment was actually in operation on the changed work.
In addition to the actual costs in items (aa) through (cc) above, there will be,
for the Contractor actually performing the work, a fixed fee of 16 percent for
bond, insurance, overhead and profit added to the cost of Items (aa), (bb)
and (cc), above.
If all or a portion of the Change Order is performed by a subcontractor,
payment will be made for the documented actual direct cost as outlined in
(aa), (bb) and (cc), above. A fixed fee of 16 percent for bond, insurance,
overhead and profit will be added to the cost of (aa), (bb) and (cc) of the
subcontractor's work only.
A fixed fee of 10 percent will be added to the subcontractor's Work for the
Contractor's administrative handling of portions of the Work that are
performed by an approved subcontractor. No additional fixed fee will be 41/allowed for the Contractor's or a subcontractor's administrative handling of
Work performed by a subcontractor's subcontractor, unless by written
permission from the Owner. All other costs not specifically listed above are
considered to be included in the fixed fee.
(4) The Contractor shall, when required by the Owner,furnish the Owner with an
itemized breakdown of the quantities and prices used in computing the
value of any change that might be ordered, in a printed format, and with
sufficient detail as required by the Owner.
(c) Changes in Contract Time: The Contract Time may be changed only by a Change
Order. Changes in the Work described in (a) and any other claim made by the
Contractor for a change in the Contract Time will be evaluated by the Owner with
the assistance and input of the Engineer and if the conditions warrant, an
appropriate adjustment of the Contract Time will be made.
The Owner, when making these evaluations will take into consideration the amount
and scope of Work which has been changed and will evaluate if the change in Work
has affected the critical path as currently accepted on the progress schedule such
that it would delay the completion of the Project. If after these evaluations have
been made and in the sole opinion of the Owner, the Contractor is due an extension
of time, then it will be granted by a Change Order and the Owner will pay the
associated cost due the Contractor for direct field costs, only as outlined under 411
01/8/2016 G003-109W\TS-00700
00700-17
General Conditions
• Changes in Contract Price (aa) and (cc), exclusive of Item (bb), based on any delays
to the overall Project. Extensions of time granted as a result of weather will not
result in a change in Contract Price.
Article 30 - Payments and Completion
(a) Contract Price: The Contract Price is either a lump sum or the sum of the unit
prices, or a combination thereof, stated in the Contract Agreement, for each item
multiplied by the actual quantities installed of each item, and is the total amount
payable by the Owner to the Contractor for the performance of the Work set forth in
the Contract Documents.
It is understood that the Contractor shall provide and pay for all products, labor
(including labor performed after regular working hours, on Sundays, or on legal
holidays), equipment, tools, water, light, power, sewer, transportation, supervision,
temporary construction of any nature, and all other services and facilities of any
nature whatsoever necessary to execute, complete, place into operation, and
deliver the Work.
It is further understood that the Contractor's proposed construction schedule is
based on a normal 40 hour, 5 day work week, less recognized holidays. If the
Contractor desires to work in excess of this limit, the Contractor shall submit a
• written request to the Owner a minimum of five days prior to the desired work date.
The Contractor shall be responsible for any additional expenses incurred by the
Owner as a result of the extended work hours, including resident inspection
overtime. The cost associated with resident inspector overtime will be deducted
from the Contractor's monthly payment request.
(b) Breakdown of Cost: Before the first application for payment the Contractor shall
submit to the Engineer a breakdown of cost for the various portions of the Work,
including quantities if required by the Engineer, aggregating the total Contract Price
prepared in such form as specified or as the Engineer and the Contractor may
agree upon and supported by such data to substantiate its correctness as the
Engineer may reasonably require. This schedule of values, when approved by the
Engineer, will be used only as a basis for the Contractor's application for payment;
however, the payment schedule will correlate directly with the Overall Project
Schedule (OPS) cost information, when applicable.
(c) Progress Payments: At the end of each calendar month, the Contractor shall
submit to the Engineer an itemized application for payment supported by such
other substantiating data as the Engineer may reasonably require covering Work
completed through the 25th day of the month. Any progress payment submitted by
the Contractor after the fifth of the month will be included in the following month's
payment.
• Application for payment may include, at the Contractor's option, the cost of
01/8/2016 G003-109W\TS-00700
00700- 18
General Conditions
products not yet incorporated into the Work which have been delivered to the site •
or to other storage locations authorized and approved by the Engineer. The Owner
reserves the right to accept or reject pay requests for stored materials, and to limit
payments to those stored materials which, in the Engineer's judgement, are
necessary for continuing satisfactory Project progress.
Payment for stored products will be subject to the following conditions being met or
satisfied:
(1) The products shall be received in a condition satisfactory for incorporation in
the Work, including manufacturer's storage and installation instructions.
(2) The products shall be stored in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations and in such manner that any and all manufacturer's
warranties will be maintained and that they will not be damaged due to
weather, construction operations or any other cause.
(3) An invoice from the manufacturer shall be furnished for each item on which
payment is requested. The request may include reimbursement for cost of
delivery, limited to common carrier rates, to the site, but will not include the
Contractor handling, on or off site, or for storage expense.
(4) The Contractor shall, on request of the Engineer, furnish written proof from
the supplier of payment (less retention equal in percentage to that being
retained by the Owner) for the products no later than 30 days after receipt
of payment for same from the Owner. The Owner will have the right to
deduct from the next payment estimate an amount equal to the payment for
the products if reasonable and adequate proof is not submitted.
(5) Shop drawings, product data and samples, showing "No Exceptions Taken",
has been received from the Contractor for that specific equipment or
material.
The Contractor warrants that title to all Work and products covered by an
Application for Payment, whether incorporated into the Project or not, will pass to
the Owner upon the receipt of such payment by the Contractor, free and clear of all
liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances (except retention equal in
percentage to that being retained by the Owner which may be withheld from
suppliers and subcontractors to guarantee completion and performance).
(d) Certificate for Payment: If the Contractor has made application for payment as
provided above, the Engineer will issue a Certificate for Payment to the Owner, with
a copy to the Contractor, for such amount as the Engineer determines to be
properly due, or the Engineer will state, in writing, itemized and specific reasons for
withholding a Certificate as provided herein.
01/8/2016 G003-109W\TS-00700
00700- 19
General Conditions
After the Engineer has issued a Certificate for Payment, the Owner will pay to the
i Contractor the amount covering Work completed plus stored products, less
retention and less previous payments made.
No certificate for a progress payment, nor any progress payment, nor any partial or
entire use of occupancy of the Project by the Owner, shall constitute an acceptance
of any Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents.
(e) Retention: The Owner will retain the following amounts from each properly certified
estimate:
(1) Until the value of the Work completed, including stored materials, is at least
50 percent of the Contract amount, 10 percent of the value of all Work
satisfactorily completed, including stored materials.
(2) When the value of the completed Work totals at least 50 percent of the
Contract amount, the Owner will discontinue retaining additional amounts
provided the Work is progressing satisfactorily and there is no specific cause
for retaining a larger sum. The total amount retained will be at least 5
percent of the Contract amount, adjusted for Change Orders, until the date
of final payment.
(3) The Owner may elect to reinstate retention of 10 percent of the value of the
• Work completed if at any time the Contractor fails to make satisfactory
progress or if there is other specific cause. Satisfactory progress is
identified as conforming to the construction progress schedule as required
in Article 24, as modified by the Supplementary Conditions.
No form of collateral in lieu of cash will be acceptable as retainage.
Amounts retained by the Contractor from payments due to suppliers and
subcontractors (expressed as a percentage) shall not exceed that being retained by
the Owner.
(f) Payments Withheld: The Engineer may decline to approve an Application for
Payment and may withhold certificate, in whole or in part, as may be necessary to
protect the Owner from loss because of:
(1) Failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to subcontractors or for
labor or products.
(2) Unsatisfactory prosecution of the Work by the Contractor either due to
quality of the Work or if the Contractor is behind the currently approved
construction schedule.
• When the above reasons for nonpayment are corrected, then payment will be made
01/8/2016 G003-109W\TS-00700
a.
00700-20
General Conditions
for amounts withheld because of such reasons, not later than the next payment.
•
Completion and Final Acceptance shall be as stipulated in the Supplementary
Conditions.
END OF SECTION
.
•
01/8/2016 G003-109W\TS-00700
Section 00800
Supplementary Conditions
• General
The provisions in this Section of the Specifications shall govern in the event of any
conflict between this Section and the General Conditions.
1
Article 1 - Notice of Award of Contract
Article 1- Notice of Award of Contract, of the General Conditions, is hereby modified to include
the following:
Within 60 days after receipt of Proposals, the Owner will notify the successful Proposer
of the award of the Contract.
Should the Owner require additional time to award a Contract, the time may be
extended by the mutual agreement between the Owner and the successful Proposer. If
an award of Contract has not been made within 60 days from the Proposal date or
within the extension mutually agreed upon, the Proposer may withdraw the Proposal
without further liability on the part of either party.
• Article 4 - Insurance
Article 4- Insurance, of the General Conditions, is hereby modified to include the following:
(a) Worker's Compensation: The Contractor shall procure and shall maintain during
the life of the Contract Agreement, Worker's Compensation Insurance for all of
Contractor's employees to be engaged in work on the Project under this Contract,
and in case any such Work is sublet, the Contractor shall require the subcontractor
similarly to provide Worker's Compensation Insurance for all of the latter's
employees to be engaged in such Work unless such employees are covered by the
protection afforded by the Contractor's Worker's Compensation Insurance.
Worker's Compensation Insurance shall include Broad Form All States Endorsement
and Voluntary Compensation. The amount of insurance shall not be less than the
following:
Each Accident $100,000.00
Disease- Policy Limit $500,000.00
Disease- Each Employee $100,000.00
(b) Comprehensive General Liability: The Contractor shall procure and shall maintain
during the life of the Contract Agreement, such Comprehensive General Liability
and Broad Form Property Damage Insurance as shall protect Contractor and any
• subcontractor performing Work covered by this Contract from claims for damages
04/20/2017 G003-109W\TS-00800
00800-2
Supplementary Conditions
for bodily injury, including accidental death, as well as from claims for property .
damages, which may arise from operations under the Contract Agreement, whether
such operations are by the Contractor or by any subcontractor or by anyone directly
or indirectly employed by either of them. The amount of insurance shall not be less
than the following:
General Aggregate $1,000,000.00
Products Comp/Ops Aggregate $1,000,000.00
Personal and Advertising Injury $1,000,000.00
Each Occurrence $1,000,000.00
Fire Damage (Any one fire) $ 50,000.00
Medical Expenses (Any one person) $ 5,000.00
The insurance shall include coverage of the following hazards:
Underground
Explosion/Collapse
NOTE: For the purpose of insurance coverage, each detonation of blasting is a
single occurrence.
(c) Owner's and Contractor's Protective Liability: The Contractor shall procure and shall
maintain during the life of the Contract Agreement, Owner's and Contractor's •
Protective Liability Insurance with the same limits as the Comprehensive General
Liability.
(d) Automobile Liability: The Contractor shall procure and shall maintain during the life
of the Contract Agreement, Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance. The
insurance shall include coverage for owned, non-owned and hired vehicles.
Amounts shall not be less than the following:
Comprehensive Single Limits (CSL) $1,000,000.00
(e) Materials and Equipment Floater: The Contractor shall procure and shall maintain
during the life of the Contract Agreement Materials and Equipment Floater
Insurance to protect the interests of the Owner, the Contractor, and subcontractors
against loss by vandalism, malicious mischief, and all hazards included in a
standard All Risk Endorsement. The amount of the insurance shall at all times
equal or exceed the full amount of the Contract. The policies shall be in the names
of the Owner and the Contractor.
(f) Certificates of Insurance: Certificates acceptable to the Owner shall be attached to
the signed Contract Documents when they are transmitted to the Owner for
execution. The Engineer and Owner shall be a named insured.
•
04/20/2017 G003-109W\TS-00800
00800-3
Supplementary Conditions
Article 13 - Laws and Regulations
•
Article 13 - Laws and Regulations, of the General Conditions is hereby modified to include the
following:
Article 13, following first paragraph, Add:
Each and every provision of this agreement shall be construed in accordance
with and governed by Georgia law. The parties acknowledge that this contract
is executed in Richmond County, Georgia and that the contract is to be
performed in Richmond County, Georgia. Each party hereby consents to the
Richmond County Superior Court's sole jurisdiction over any dispute which
arises as a result of the execution or performance of this agreement, and each
party hereby waives any and all objections to venue in the Richmond County
Superior Court.
Where professional engineering work is required in connection with any of the
components required by the Contract, all Bidders and component suppliers
must ensure that there is full compliance with all applicable laws of the state of
Georgia and any other state governing professional engineering. The Owner
and Engineer do not warrant that the name of an entity listed as an acceptable
manufacturer is or will be in compliance with said laws.
• Article 14 - Taxes
Article 14-Taxes, of the General Conditions is hereby modified to include the following:
The Contractor shall provide a written tabulation, plus other documentation as may be
required, of all taxes, including sales tax, paid by the Contractor to assist the Owner in
obtaining sales and/or use tax refunds for eligible machinery and equipment used for
the primary purpose of reducing or eliminating air or water pollution in accordance with
O.C.G.A. §48-8-4. Such written tabulation shall be included with each partial payment
request. Additionally, the tabulation shall be documented with copies of invoices
indicating the amount of tax paid, with all blanks completed on the invoice, and with a
description of the function of the item included in the tabulation. All taxes will be paid
by the Contractor. All refunds will accrue to the Owner.
Article 15 - Notice and Service Thereof
Article 15 - Notice and Service Thereof, of the General Conditions is hereby modified to include
the following:
(c) All papers required to be delivered to the Owner shall, unless otherwise specified in
writing to the Contractor, be delivered to Augusta, Georgia, 535 Telfair Street, Suite
• 605, Augusta, Georgia 30901,Attn: Geri Sams, Procurement Director.
04/20/2017 G003-109W\TS-00800
00800-4
Supplementary Conditions
(d) Any notice to or demand upon the Owner shall be sufficiently given if delivered to
the Office of Augusta, Georgia Procurement Director or if delivered by the United
•
States Mail in a sealed, postage-prepaid envelope, or delivered by facsimile
transmission, followed by written confirmation, in each case addressed to said
Director or to such other representative of the Owner or to such other address as
the Owner may subsequently specify in writing to the Contractor for such purposes.
(e) The Contractor shall file all "Notices of Commencement" required for this Project in
accordance with O.C.G.A. §44-14-361.5 et.seq. and §36-91-92 et.seq., as
applicable. The Contractor shall respond to all requests for copies of a Notice of
Commencement. Should the Owner or Engineer receive such a request, this
request will be forwarded to the Contractor for further handling. The name and
address of the Owner shall be as stated in paragraph (c) of this Article. The name
and general description of the Project shall be as stated in the Advertisement for
Proposal.
Article 20 - Interruption of Facility Operations
Article 20 - Interruption of Facility Operations, of the General Conditions, is hereby modified to
include the following:
The Contractor shall schedule the work such that the Contractor does not interrupt the
existing landfill operations. .
Any damages resulting from surcharging, overflow or back-up caused by the Contractor's
operations shall be the Contractor's responsibility. Fines charged to the Owner for
overflows caused by the Contractor shall be paid for by the Contractor.
Article 24 -Schedules, Reports and Records
Article 24 - Schedules, Reports and Records, of the General Conditions, is hereby modified to
include the following:
(a) The Contractor shall submit to the Owner progress schedules, payrolls, reports,
estimates, records and other data as the Owner may request concerning work
performed or to be performed as stipulated in the various sections of these
Specifications.
(b) Immediately after execution of the Contract by the Owner, and before the first
partial payment is made, the Contractor shall deliver to the Owner a construction
progress schedule in form satisfactory to the Owner, showing the proposed dates of
commencement and completion of each of the various subdivisions of work
required under the Contract Documents and the anticipated amount of each
monthly payment that will become due the Contractor in accordance with the
Progress Schedule. •
04/20/2017 G003-109W\TS-00800
00800-5
Supplementary Conditions
(c) An updated schedule and an updated Schedule of Submittals shall be presented
• with each partial payment request. Lack of an updated schedule and/or an
updated Schedule of Submittals will delay processing of the pay request until
receipt of the updated schedule and/or an updated Schedule of Submittals.
(d) If the schedule reflects a completion date prior to the completion date established
by the Contract Agreement, this shall afford no basis to claim for delay should the
Contractor not complete the Work prior to the projected completion date. Instead
all "float" between the completion date in the Contractor's schedule and the
completion date established in the Contract Agreement shall belong to and be
exclusively available to the Owner. Should a change order be executed with a
revised completion date, the progress schedule shall be revised to reflect the new
completion date.
(e) The Contractor shall maintain a complete set of up-to-date Record Documents on
the Project site.
(f) Project Coordination Meetings: The General Contractor shall participate in Project
Coordination Meetings to be held on the site monthly, or more often if conditions
warrant, to establish the current state of completion and revise the schedule as
necessary. The Project Coordination Meeting will be conducted by the Owner and
the Engineer.
(g) Contractor's Responsibilities
(1) Implement the detailed Near Term Schedule of activities to the fullest extent
possible between Project Coordination Meetings.
(2) The Contractor shall prepare the Contractor's Daily Report by 10:00 a.m. of
the day following the Report date. This Daily Report will contain, as a
minimum, the weather conditions; number of workers by craft, including
supervision and management personnel on site; active and inactive
equipment on site; work accomplished by CPM activity item; problems; and
visitors to the jobsite.
(3) If a current activity or series of activities on the OPS is behind schedule and
if the late status is not due to an excusable delay for which a time extension
would be forthcoming, the Contractor shall attempt to reschedule the
activity to be consistent with the Overall Project Schedule so as not to delay
any of the Contract milestones. The Contractor agrees that:
a. The Contractor shall attempt to expedite the activity completion so as to
have it agree with the OPS. Such measures as the Contractor may
choose shall be made explicit during the Project Coordination Meeting.
•
04/20/2017 G003-109W\TS-00800
00800-6
Supplementary Conditions
b. If, within two weeks of identification of such behind-schedule activity, the •
Contractor is not successful in restoring the activity to an on schedule
status,the Contractor shall:
1. Carry out the activity with the scheduled crew on an overtime basis
until the activity is complete or back on schedule.
2. Increase the crew size or add shifts so the activity can be completed
as scheduled.
3. Commit to overtime or increased crew sizes for subsequent
activities, or some combination of the above as deemed suitable by
the Engineer.
These actions shall be taken at no increase in the Contract amount.
(4) Maintain a current copy of all construction schedules on prominent display
in the Contractor's field office at the Project site.
(5) Cooperate with the Owner or Owner's representative in all aspects of the
Project Scheduling System. Failure to implement the Project Scheduling
System or to provide specified schedules, diagrams and reports, or to
implement actions to re-establish progress consistent with the OPS may be
causes for withholding of payment.
Article 30 - Payments and Completion
Article 30 - Payments and Completion, of the General Conditions, is hereby modified to include
the following:
Paragraph (a),third paragraph, delete in its entirety.
(g) Completion: ALL WORK REQUIRED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, CONTRACT
DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE COMPLETED BEFORE THE FINAL
INSPECTION IS PERFORMED. This includes, but is not limited to,the following:
(1) Performing all tests as described in the detailed Specifications.
(2) Final inspection by the Georgia Department of Natural Resources,
Environmental Protection Division.
(3) Removing temporary plugs, bulkheads, bypasses, etc. and diverting flow into
the facility when directed by the Engineer.
(4) Demonstrating operation of the system as verified by monitoring at each •
wellhead.
04/20/2017 G003-109W\TS-00800
00800-7
Supplementary Conditions
• (5) Flushing all lines with potable water furnished by the Owner.
(6) Grassing and restoration of the work area.
Upon completion of all work required, the Contractor shall submit completed
Record Drawings to the Engineer and request, in writing, that the final inspection be
performed. If the Engineer finds the work of the Contractor complete and
acceptable in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and that
the Record Drawings accurately depict the complete work, Engineer will
recommend to the Owner that the job be accepted and that final payment be made.
In the event that the final inspection reveals deficiencies in meeting the Contract
requirements, the Contractor shall complete all remaining items of work, and make
adjustments found to be necessary. Upon receipt of written notice from the
Contractor that the work is complete and ready for re-inspection, the Engineer will
make a final inspection.
The Contractor will be notified, in writing, by the Owner of the final acceptance of
the work. The date of final acceptance shall be the termination date for the
Contractor's liability for the physical properties of the facilities and the beginning of
the warranty period.
• Before final payment can be made, the Contractor must certify, in writing, to the
Owner that all payrolls, materials bills, and other indebtedness connected with the
work have been paid.
Final payment will not be made if there is disputed indebtedness or if there are
liens upon the property.
If upon completion of all work there is disputed indebtedness or there are liens
upon the property, semi-final payment may be made, at the Owner's option, in
accordance with the following provisions:
(1) The Owner will retain an amount equal to the disputed indebtedness and/or
liens upon the property including all related cost and interest in connections
with said disputed indebtedness and liens which the Owner may be
compelled to pay upon and subsequent adjudication.
(2) The Contractor shall certify to those items of work not disputed that all
payables, materials bills and other indebtedness connected with the work
have been paid or otherwise satisfied.
The making of the final payment shall constitute a waiver of all claims by the Owner,
other than those for faulty work covered by and appearing within the warranty
• period.
04/20/2017 G003-109W\TS-00800
00800-8
Supplementary Conditions
The acceptance of final payment shall constitute a waiver of all claims by the •
Contractor, except those previously made, in writing, and still unsettled.
(h) Prompt Payment Clause
(1) Owner and Contractor agree that all partial payments and final payments
shall be subject to the Georgia Prompt Pay Act, as originally enacted and
amended, and as set forth in O.C.G.A. §§13-11-1 through 13-11-11, except
as provided below to the extent authorized by law:
a. Interest Rate: For purposes of computing interest on late payments, the
rate of interest shall be one-half percent per month or a pro-rata fraction
thereof on the unpaid balance as may be due.
b. Payment Periods:
1. When the Contractor has performed in accordance with the
provisions of these Contract Documents, the Owner shall pay the
Contractor within 45 days of receipt by the Owner or the Owner's
representative of any properly completed Application for Payment,
based upon work completed or service provided pursuant to the
terms of these Contract Documents. •
2. When a subcontractor has performed in accordance with the
provisions of its subcontract and the subcontract conditions
precedent to payment have been satisfied, the Contractor shall pay
to that subcontractor and each subcontractor shall pay to its
subcontractor, within ten days of receipt by the Contractor or
subcontractor of each periodic or final payment, the full amount
received for such subcontractors work and materials based on work
completed or service provided under the subcontract, less retainage
expressed as a percentage, but such retainage shall not exceed that
retainage being held by the Owner, provided that the subcontractor
has provided or provides such satisfactory reasonable assurances of
continued performance and financial responsibility to complete its
work as the Contractor in its reasonable discretion may require,
including but not limited to a payment and performance bond.
c. Interest on Late Payment: Except as otherwise provided in these
Contract Documents and/or in O.C.G.A. §13-11-5, if a periodic or final
payment to the Contractor is delayed by more than the time allotted in
Paragraph b. of this Prompt Payment Clause or if a periodic or final
payment to a subcontractor is delayed more than ten days after receipt
of periodic or final payment by the Contractor or subcontractor, the
Owner, Contractor, or subcontractor, as the case may be, shall pay
04/20/2017 G003-109W\TS-00800
00800-9
Supplementary Conditions
interest to its Contractor, or subcontractor beginning on the day following
4111 the due dates as provided in Paragraph b. of this Prompt Payment
Clause at the rate of interest as provided herein. Interest shall be
computed per month or a pro-rata fraction thereof on the unpaid
balance. There shall be no compounded interest. No interest is due
unless the person or entity being charged interest receives "Notice" as
provided in Paragraph d. of this Prompt Payment Clause. Acceptance of
progress payments or final payment shall release all claims for interest
on said payments.
d. Notice of Late Payment and Request for Interest: Any person or entity
asserting entitlement to interest on any periodic or final payment
pursuant to the provisions of this Prompt Payment Clause shall provide
"Notice" to the person or entity being charged interest of the charging
party's claim to interest on late payment. "Notice" shall be in writing,
served by U.S. Certified Mail - Return Receipt Requested at the time the
properly completed Application for Payment is received by the Owner or
Owner's representative, and shall set forth the following:
1. A short and concise statement that interest is due pursuant to the
provisions of the Georgia Prompt Pay Act and this Prompt Payment
Clause;
• 2. The principal amount of the periodic or final payment which is
allegedly due to the charging party; and
3. The first day and date upon which the charging party alleges that
said interest will begin to accrue, pursuant to the provisions of the
Georgia Prompt Pay Act and this Prompt Payment Clause.
These "Notice" provisions are of the essence; therefore, failure to
comply with any requirement as set forth in this Prompt Payment Clause
precludes the right to interest on any alleged late payment to which said
"Notice" would otherwise apply.
(2) Integration with the Georgia Prompt Pay Act: Unless otherwise provided in
these Contract Documents, the parties hereto agree that these provisions of
this Prompt Payment Clause supersede and control all provisions of the
Georgia Prompt Pay Act (O.C.G.A. §§13-11-1 through 13-11-11 (1994)), as
originally enacted and as amended, and that any dispute arising between
the parties hereto as to whether or not the provisions of this contract or the
Georgia Prompt Pay Act control will be resolved in favor of these Contract
Documents and its terms.
END OF SECTION
04/20/2017 G003-109W\TS-00800
00800- 10
Supplementary Conditions
•
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
•
•
04/20/2017 G003-109W\TS-00800
Section 01010
Summary of Work
•
Part 1 General
1.01 Description
A. The Project consists of providing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, services,
and incidentals and performing all Work required for the construction of an
expansion to an existing landfill gas collection and control system with the
installation of 19 gas extraction wellhead assemblies, 4 leachate recirculation
wells, 5,910 linear feet of horizontal gas extraction well, 450 vertical feet of vertical
gas extraction well, 1,345 linear feet of HDPE laterals, 825 linear feet of HDPE
header pipe, 835 linear feet of HDPE air line, and the installation and maintenance
of erosion control measures throughout construction.
B. All Work described above shall be performed as shown on the Drawings and as
specified.
1.02 Project Location
The equipment and materials to be furnished will be installed at the locations
shown on the Drawings.
• 1.03 Quantities
The Owner reserves the right to alter the quantities of work to be performed or to
extend or shorten the improvements at any time when and as found necessary, and
the Contractor shall perform the work as altered, increased or decreased. Payment
for such increased or decreased quantity will be made in accordance with the
Instructions to Bidders. No allowance will be made for any change in anticipated
profits nor shall such changes be considered as waiving or invalidating any
conditions or provisions of the Contract and Bond.
1.04 Partial Owner Occupancy
The existing facilities to which these improvements are being made will continue
operating during the period of construction.
END OF SECTION
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01010
01010-2
Summary of Work
•
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
•
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01010
Section 01016
Occupancy
Part 1 General
1.01 Partial Occupancy by Owner
Whenever, in the opinion of the Engineer, any section or portion of the Work or any
structure is in suitable condition, it may be put into use upon the written order of
the Engineer and such usage will not be held in any way as an acceptance of said
Work or structure, or any part thereof, or as a waiver of any of the provisions of
these Specifications and the Contract. Pending final completion and acceptance of
the Work, all necessary repairs and replacements, due to defective materials or
workmanship or operations of the Contractor, for any section of the Work so put
into use shall be performed by the Contractor at Contractor's own expense.
END OF SECTION
•
411
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01016
01016-2
Occupancy
•
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
•
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01016
Section 01025
• Measurement and Payment
Part 1 General
1.01 Scope
A. The Bid lists each item of the Project for which payment will be made. No payment
will be made for any items other than those listed in the Bid.
B. Required items of work and incidentals necessary for the satisfactory completion of
the work which are not specifically listed in the Bid, and which are not specified in
this Section to be measured or to be included in one of the items listed in the Bid,
shall be considered as incidental to the work. All costs thereof, including
Contractor's overhead costs and profit, shall be considered as included in the lump
sum or unit prices proposed for the various Bid items. The Contractor shall prepare
the Bid accordingly.
C. Work includes furnishing all plant, labor, equipment, tools and materials, which are
not furnished by the Owner and performing all operations required to complete the
work satisfactorily, in place, as specified and as indicated on the Drawings.
1.02 Descriptions
• A. Measurement of an item of work will be by the unit indicated in the Bid.
B. Final payment quantities shall be determined from the record drawings. The record
drawing lengths, dimensions, quantities, etc. shall be determined by a survey after
the completion of all required work. Said survey shall conform to Sections 01055
and 01720 of these Specifications. The precision of final payment quantities shall
match the precision shown for that item in the Bid.
C. Payment will include all necessary and incidental related work not specified to be
included in any other item of work listed in the Bid.
D. Unless otherwise stated in individual sections of the Specifications or in the Bid, no
separate payment will be made for any item of work, materials, parts, equipment,
supplies or related items required to perform and complete the work. The costs for
all such items required shall be included in the price proposed for item of which it is
a part.
E. Payment will be made by extending unit prices multiplied by quantities provided and
then summing the extended prices to reflect actual work. Such price and payment
shall constitute full compensation to the Contractor for furnishing all plant, labor,
equipment, tools and materials not furnished by the Owner and for performing all
operations required to provide to the Owner the entire Project, complete in place, as
• specified and as indicated on the Drawings.
04/20/2017 G003-109W\TS-01025
01025-2
Measurement and Payment
F. "Products" shall mean materials or equipment permanently incorporated into the •
work.
1.03 Mobilization
The lump sum amount for Mobilization will be eligible for payment upon the
completion of all related preparatory work and after transportation of the materials
and equipment necessary for the first 30 days of the Contract Time.
1.04 Erosion and Sedimentation Control
A. General
1. No separate payment shall be made for temporary and/or permanent
erosion and sedimentation controls, except as noted below. All other
temporary and/or permanent erosion and sedimentation control costs shall
be included in the unit price for the item to which it pertains.
2. No payment will be made for any portion of the Project for which temporary
erosion and sedimentation controls are not properly maintained.
3. Quantities for payment shall be based upon actual quantity constructed and
authorized by the Engineer. •
B. Construction Exits: All costs for construction exits, including installation,
maintenance, repair, and removal, shall be included in the unit price for
Construction Exits.
C. Silt Fence: All costs for silt fence (whichever type is indicated), including installation,
maintenance, repair, replacement, and removal, shall be included in the unit price
for Silt Fence.
D. Permanent Grassing
1. No separate payment will be made for temporary grassing.
2. Payment shall be made only for the final permanent perennial grassing. All
costs for grassing, including seeding, fertilizing, mulching as well as
temporary measures, shall be included in the unit price for Permanent
Grassing.
E. NPDES Monitoring and Reporting: All costs associated with NPDES monitoring and
reporting in accordance with Georgia EPD requirements and these Contract
documents shall be included in the lump sum price bid for this item. This includes,
but is not limited to, preparation and submission of all inspections, record keeping, •
sampling and reporting as required under the permit. Additionally, this shall include
preparation and submission of the project NOT to the Georgia EPD as well as EPD
04/20/2017 G003-109W\TS-01025
01025-3
Measurement and Payment
• acceptance of the NOT. The NOI shall be the responsibility of the Owner.
1.05 Trench Foundation and Stabilization, Excavation, and Backfill
A. No separate or additional payment will be made for any special or unique method,
means, techniques or equipment necessary for the Contractor's compliance with
these Specifications, regulatory requirements, permits, laws or regulations which
govern this Project.
B. Trench Excavation: No separate payment will be made for trench excavation. All
costs shall be included in the unit price for the item to which it pertains at the
appropriate depth.
C. Sheeting, Bracing and Shoring:
1. No separate payment will be made for providing any sheeting, bracing and
timbering which are specified, shown on the Drawings or necessary due to
Contractor's means of construction.
2. No payment will be made for sheeting removed or for sheeting left in place
for the Contractor's convenience
• D. Dewatering Excavations: All costs of equipment, labor and materials required for
dewatering shall be included in the price bid for the item to which it pertains.
E. Trench Foundation and Stabilization
1. No payment for trench stabilization shall be authorized until after the trench
has been dewatered. If the pipe is installed in an inadequately prepared
trench bottom, the Engineer shall notify the Contractor in writing of the
deficiency and will not authorize payment for that portion of that length of
pipe which was improperly installed.
2. Payment for trench stabilization shall be made on the basis of the amount
authorized and the unit price for Trench Foundation and Stabilization.
Payment shall include all costs for the removal and disposal of the
unsuitable material and replacement with crushed stone. No additional
payment will be made for material required for specified bedding.
F. Bedding and Haunching
1. The unit price bid for piping shall include excavation of the trench to the
depth below the pipe necessary to provide specified bedding and to lay the
pipe to grade. Measurements for payment will be made only to the pipe
• invert.
2. No additional payment will be made for additional trench depth.
04/20/2017 G003-109W\TS-01025
01025-4
Measurement and Payment
3. No separate payment will be made for material used to provide specified •
bedding. The cost of all bedding materials shall be included in the unit price
for the item to which it relates, except for trench stabilization.
4. No additional payment will be made for improved bedding required to
compensate for over excavation of the trench.
G. Initial Backfill
1. No separate payment shall be made for initial backfill.
2. No separate payment shall be made for drying out the initial backfill material
in order to meet the compaction requirements.
3. No separate payment shall be made for the adding of moisture to the initial
backfill materials in order to meet the compaction requirements.
4. No separate payment shall be made for providing select material if the in-
situ material cannot meet the compaction requirements.
H. Final Backfilling
1. No additional payment will be made for additional material when excavated
materials are used.
2. No separate payment shall be made for drying out the final backfill material
in order to meet the compaction requirements.
3. No separate payment shall be made for the adding of moisture to the final
backfill materials in order to meet the compaction requirements.
4. No additional payment will be made for providing select material if the in-situ
material cannot meet the compaction requirements.
5. No additional payment will be made for providing select material if excavated
waste used for final backfill material cannot meet the compaction
requirements.
1.06 Gas Collection and Control System
A. Existing Utilities and Obstructions - Horizontal and Vertical Conflict: Payments for
conflicts with existing utilities shall be made only where additional manholes and/or
additional lengths of pipe are approved by the Engineer. Said payment shall be
made at the unit prices in the Bid. No other payment will be made for any delay or •
extra cost encountered by the Contractor due to protection, avoidance or relocation
04/20/2017 G003-109W\TS-01025
01025-5
Measurement and Payment
• of existing utilities, mains or services or changing the horizontal alignment of the
pipe.
B. No separate payment shall be made for survey work performed by or for the
Contractor in the establishment of reference points, bench marks, limits of
right-of-way or easement, including their restoration, as well as centerline or
baseline points.
C. Vertical Landfill Gas Extraction Well: All costs for installing extraction well,
including excavation, pipe, stone, bentonite seal, and backfill shall be included in
the unit price bid for Vertical Landfill Gas Extraction Well. Measurement shall be
based on drilling log depth to top of well casing.
D. Horizontal Landfill Gas Extraction Well: All costs for installing extraction well,
including excavation, pipe, stone, bentonite seal, and backfill shall be included in
the unit price bid for Horizontal Landfill Gas Extraction Well. Measurement shall
be based on field surveyed linear footage of piping installed.
E. Leachate Recirculation Well: All costs for installing recirculation well, including
excavation, pipe, stone, bentonite seal, flange, marker, backfill and connection to
the existing flange shall be included in the unit price bid for Leachate
Recirculation Well. Measurement shall be based on drilling log depth to top of
• well casing.
F. Air Line Isolation Valve: All costs for installing isolation valves, including
excavation, valve structure, valves, connection to piping, markers, backfill and all
other appurtenances required to put into service shall be included in the unit
price bid for Air Line Isolation Valve.
G. Wellhead Assembly: All costs for installing wellhead assembly, including
wellhead, pipe, valving, flex hose, reducers, connection to lateral, couplings, port
quick connects, thermometers and all other appurtenances required to put into
service shall be included in the unit price bid for Wellhead Assembly.
H. Abandon Existing Vertical Gas Extraction Well: All costs for removal of existing
wellhead assembly and to abandon existing gas well per detail shall be included in
Abandon Existing Vertical Gas Extraction Well.
I. Horizontal Collector Sump: All costs for installing dewatering sump, including
excavation, pipe, connection to header piping, backfill and other appurtenances
required to put into service shall be included in the unit price bid for Horizontal
Collector Sump.
J. Pipe and Accessories
• 1. Measurement and payment at the unit price for HDPE headers, laterals,
airlines and forcemain piping shall be made for the quantity provided.
04/20/2017 G003-109W\TS-01025
01025-6
Measurement and Payment
Measurement for header, lateral, forcemain and airline pipe shall be made •
from centerline of structure to centerline of structure, end of flex hose to
centerline of header pipe, or to the existing pipe.
2. The cost of fittings and bends shall be included in the unit price bid for the
appropriate pipe.
3. The cost of routing the piping through new or existing access road crossings
shall be included in the unit price bid for the appropriate pipe.
4. The cost of locating existing access road crossings, removal and replacement
of end seals, cleaning and restoration shall be included in the unit price bid
for the appropriate pipe.
5. No additional payment will be made for replacement of defective materials.
K. Cleanup and Testing: Payment for cleanup and testing of gas collection system
piping shall be made at the unit price shown for Cleanup and Testing.
L. Tie In to Existing Structures and Pipe: The unit price bids for Tie In to Existing
manholes and piping shall include all costs to construct the connection including
locating and cleaning the existing structure or pipe, coring existing structure,
excavation, backfill, removing existing end cap or blind flange and joining to existing •
structure or pipe.
1.07 Cash Allowances
A. General
1. The Contractor shall include in the Bid Total all allowances stated in the
Contract Documents. These allowances shall cover the net cost of the
services provided by a firm selected by the Owner. The Contractor's handling
costs, labor, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the
original allowance shall be included in the items to which they pertain and
not in allowances.
2. No payment will be made for nonproductive time on the part of testing
personnel due to the Contractor's failure to properly coordinate testing
activities with the work schedule or the Contractor's problems with
maintaining equipment in good working condition. The Contractor shall
make all necessary excavations and shall supply any samples of materials
necessary for conducting compaction and density tests.
3. No payment shall be provided for services that fail to verify required results.
B. Should the net cost be more or less than the specified amount of the allowance, the •
Contract will be adjusted accordingly by change order. The amount of change order
04/20/2017 G003-109W\TS-01025
01025-7
Measurement and Payment
• will not recognize any changes in handling costs at the site, labor, overhead, profit
and other expenses caused by the adjustment to the allowance.
C. Documentation
1. Submit copies of the invoices with each periodic payment request from the
firm providing the services.
2. Submit results of services provided which verify required results.
D. Schedule of Cash Allowances
1. Construction Verification Surveying
a. Allow the amount provided in the Bid for construction verification
surveying by an independent surveying firm, selected by the Owner, to
perform horizontal and vertical alignment checks at the discretion of the
Engineer.
b. This allowance is solely for the use of the Engineer for verification of the
Contractor's reference points, centerlines and work performed. The
presence of this cash allowance in no way relieves the Contractor of the
• responsibility of installing reference points, centerlines, temporary bench
marks or verifying that the work has been performed accurately.
2. Materials Testing: Allow the amount provided in the Bid for the services of
an engineering firm and testing laboratory for the testing of concrete
cylinders for poured in place concrete.
13. 10% Contingency: Total amount shown for contingency items shall be 10%
of the total bid and shall be treated as a separate cash allowance as defined
above.
END OF SECTION
•
04/20/2017 G003-109W\TS-01025
01025-8
Measurement and Payment
•
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
•
•
04/20/2017 G003-109W\TS-01025
Section 01041
• Coordination of Work
Part 1 General
1.01 General
Management of the project shall be through the use of a logical method of
construction planning, scheduling, and cost value documentation.
1.02 Existing Landfill Facilities
A. The existing facilities at the Deans Bridge Road MSW Landfill must of necessity
remain in operation while new construction is in progress.
B. The Contractor shall coordinate his work with the Owner so that construction will
not restrain or hinder operation of the existing facilities at the Landfill. If, at any
time, any portion of the Landfill is out of service, the Contractor must obtain prior
approval from the Owner as to the date, time and length of time that portion of
the existing facilities are out of service.
C. Connections to the existing facilities or alteration of existing facilities will be made
at times when the facility involved is not in use or at times, established by the
Owner, when use of the facility can be conveniently interrupted for the period of
time needed to make the connection or alteration.
D. After having coordinated his work with the Owner, the Contractor shall notify the
Engineer of the time, time limits and methods of each connection or alteration
and have approval of the Engineer before any work is undertaken on the
connections or alterations.
E. Before any roadway or facilities are blocked off the Owner shall be contacted to
coordinate operations for the landfill.
1.03 Other Utilities
The Contractor shall coordinate his operations with all utility companies in or
adjacent to the area of his work. The Contractor shall require said utilities to
identify in the field their property and provide drawings as necessary to locate
them.
END OF SECTION
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01041
01041-2
Coordination of Work
•
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
•
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01041
Section 01051
• Grades, Lines and Levels
Part 1 General
1.01 Description
A. All work under this contract shall be constructed in accordance with the lines and
grades on the plans or as given by the Engineer or Owner. The full responsibility
for holding to alignment and grade shall rest upon the Contractor.
B. The Owner will provide a bench mark and minimal horizontal control. The
Contractor will be responsible for setting offsets from these points and all other
layout and staking.
C. The Contractor shall safeguard all points, stakes, grade marks, bench marks, and
monuments established on the work, shall bear the cost of reestablishing same if
disturbed, and shall assume the entire expense of rectifying work improperly
constructed due to failure to maintain and protect such established points,
stakes, and marks.
END OF SECTION
•
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01051
01051-2
Grades, Lines and Levels.
•
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
•
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01051
Section 01055
4111
Construction Staking
Part 1 General
1.01 Scope
A. Construction staking shall include all of the surveying work required to layout the
Work and control the location of the finished Project. The Contractor shall have the
full responsibility for constructing the Project to the correct horizontal and vertical
alignment, as shown on the Drawings, as specified, or as ordered by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall assume all costs associated with rectifying work constructed in
the wrong location and/or elevations.
B. From the information shown on the Drawings and the information to be provided as
indicated under Project Conditions below, the Contractor shall:
1. Be responsible for setting reference points and/or offsets, establishment of
baselines, and all other layout, staking, and all other surveying required for
the construction of the Project.
2. Safeguard all reference points, stakes, grade marks, horizontal and vertical
control points, and shall bear the cost of re-establishing same if disturbed.
• 3. Stake out the permanent and temporary p ry eas ements or the limits of
construction to ensure that the Work is not deviating from the indicated
limits.
4. Be responsible for all damage done to reference points, baselines, center
lines and temporary bench marks, and shall be responsible for the cost of
re-establishment of reference points, baselines, center lines and temporary
bench marks as a result of the operations.
C. Baselines shall be defined as the line to which the location of the Work is
referenced, i.e., edge of pavement, road centerline, property line, right-of-way or
. survey line.
D. Record drawing surveys shall be performed in accordance with this Section and
Section 01720 of these specifications.
1.02 Project Conditions
A. The Drawings provide the location and/or coordinates of principal components of
the Project. The alignment of some components of the Project may be indicated in
the Specifications. The Engineer may order changes to the location of some of the
• components of the Project or provide clarification to questions regarding the correct
alignment.
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01055
01055-2
Construction Staking •
B. The survey points, control points, and baseline to be provided to the Contractor
shall be limited to only that information shown on the Drawings and which can be
found on the Project site by the Contractor.
C. A topographic survey is included on the Drawings.
1.03 Quality Assurance
A. The Contractor shall furnish documentation, prepared by a surveyor currently
registered in the State in which the Project is located, confirming that staking is
being done to the horizontal and vertical alignment shown in the Contract
Documents. This requires that the Contractor hire, at the Contractor's own
expense, a currently registered surveyor, acceptable to the Owner, to provide
ongoing construction staking or confirmation of such.
toineer
B. Any deviations from the Drawings shall be confirmed by the Engineer prior
construction of that portion of the Project.
C. Quantities for payments measured under this Contract shall be certified by the
registered surveyor.
D. Certification of as-built grades as construction progresses is required. These as- •
built surveys must be provided to the Engineer in a format acceptable to him. The
as-built surveys must be approved by the Engineer before the next stage of
construction begins. The Engineer may independently verify any or all of the
surveys for accuracy.
1.04 Site Work
A. Staking Precision: The precision of construction staking shall match the precision
of a component's location indicated on the Drawings. If not indicated on the
Drawings, staking of utilities shall be done in accordance with generally accepted
practice for the type of utility.
B. Number of As-Built Surveys: The Contractor shall perform all surveying required on
the Project. The Contractor shall anticipate performing the following minimum
number of surveys, the accuracy and handling of which is specified elsewhere:
1. After installation of any section of utility or structure in which contractor
is requesting payment.
1.05 As-Built Plans
A. As-builtp lans of all critical stages of construction as outlined on the plans shall II)
be provided by the Contractor. These plans must be stamped and signed by a
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01055
01055-3
Construction Staking
• Georgia registered land surveyor and turned over to the Engineer in a hard copy
and computer format as detailed above for review and approval.
B. The professionally certified as-built survey submittal shall include a reproducible
drawing and three blue line copies at a scale of 1"=100', sealed by a Georgia
registered land surveyor showing point numbers, locations, descriptions,
elevations, and two-foot contours for each survey required as detailed above.
END OF SECTION
•
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01055
01055-4
Construction Staking
•
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
•
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01055
Section 01060
Regulatory Requirements
•
Part 1 General
1.01 Description
Permits and Responsibilities
The Contractor shall, without additional expense to the Owner, be responsible for
obtaining any necessary licenses and permits, and for complying with any
applicable Federal, State and municipal laws, Codes and regulations, in
connection with the execution of the Work. He shall take proper safety and health
precautions to protect the Work, the workers, the public, and the property of
others. He shall also be responsible for all materials delivered and work
performed until completion and acceptance of the Work, except for any
completed unit of construction thereof which may heretofore have been
accepted.
END OF SECTION
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01060
01060-2
Regulatory Requirements
411
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W/TS-01060
Section 01091
• Codes and Standards
Part 1 General
1.01 Description
A. Whenever reference is made to conforming to the standards of any technical
society, organization, body, code or standard, it shall be construed to mean the
latest standard, code, specification or tentative specification adopted and
published at the time of advertisement for Bids. This shall include the furnishing of
materials, testing of materials, fabrication and installation practices. In those cases
where the Contractor's quality standards establish more stringent quality
requirements, the more stringent requirement shall prevail. Such standards are
made a part hereof to the extent which is indicated or intended.
B. The inclusion of an organization under one category does not preclude that
organization's standards from applying to another category.
C. In addition, all work shall comply with the applicable requirements of local codes,
utilities and other authorities having jurisdiction.
D. All material and equipment, for which a UL Standard, an AGA or NSF approval or an
ASME requirement is established, shall be so approved and labeled or stamped.
The label or stamp shall be conspicuous and not covered, painted, or otherwise
obscured from visual inspection.
E. The standards which apply to this Project are not necessarily restricted to those
organizations which are listed in Article 1.02.
1.02 Standard Organizations
A. Piping and Valves
ACPA American Concrete Pipe Association
ANSI American National Standards Institute
API American Petroleum Institute
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers
AWWA American Water Works Association
CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute
DIPRA Ductile Iron Pipe Research Association
FCI Fluid Controls Institute
MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society
NCPI National Clay Pipe Institute
NSF National Sanitation Foundation
• PPI Plastic Pipe Institute
Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01091
01091-2
Codes and Standards
B. Materials
AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
ANSI American National Standards Institute
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
GSI Geosynthetic Institute
C. Painting and Surface Preparation
NACE National Association of Corrosion Engineers
SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council
D. Electrical and Instrumentation
AEIC Association of Edison Illuminating Companies
AIEE American Institute of Electrical Engineers
EIA Electronic Industries Association
ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association
IEC International Electrotechnical Commission
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers
IES Illuminating Engineering Society •
IPC Institute of Printed Circuits
IPCEA Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association
ISA ISA - The Instrumentation, Systems, and Automation Society
NEC National Electric Code
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association
NFPA National Fire Protection Association
REA Rural Electrification Administration
TIA Telecommunications Industries Association
UL Underwriter's Laboratories
VRCI Variable Resistive Components Institute
E. Aluminum
AA Aluminum Association
AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association
F. Steel and Concrete
ACI American Concrete Institute
AISC American Institute of Steel Construction, Inc.
AISI American Iron and Steel Institute
CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute •
NRMA National Ready-Mix Association
PCA Portland Cement Association
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01091
01091-3
Codes and Standards
•
PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute
G. Welding
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers
AWS American Welding Society
H. Government and Technical Organizations
AIA American Institute of Architects
APHA American Public Health Association
APWA American Public Works Association
ASA American Standards Association
ASAE American Society of Agricultural Engineers
ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers
ASQC American Society of Quality Control
ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineers
CFR Code of Federal Regulations
CSI Construction Specifications Institute
EDA Economic Development Administration
1110 EPA Environmental Protection Agency
FCC Federal Communications Commission
FmHA Farmers Home Administration
FS Federal Specifications
IAI International Association of Identification
ISEA Industrial Safety Equipment Association
ISO International Organization for Standardization
ITE Institute of Traffic Engineers
NBFU National Board of Fire Underwriters
(NFPA) National Fluid Power Association
NBS National Bureau of Standards
NISO National Information Standards Organization
OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration
SI Salt Institute
SPI The Society of the Plastics Industry, Inc.
USDC United States Department of Commerce
USGBC United States Green Building Council
WEF Water Environment Federation
I. General Building Construction
AHA American Hardboard Association
• AHAM
AITC Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers
American Institute of Timber Construction
APA American Parquet Association, Inc.
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01091
01091-4
Codes and Standards
•
APA American Plywood Association
BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association
BIFMA Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturers Association
DHI Door and Hardware Institute
FM Factory Mutual Fire Insurance Company
HPMA Hardwood Plywood Manufacturers Association
HTI Hand Tools Institute
IME Institute of Makers of Explosives
(SANTA International Staple, Nail and Tool Association
ISDSI Insulated Steel Door Systems Institute
IWS Insect Screening Weavers Association
MBMA Metal Building Manufacturers Association
NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers
NAGDM National Association of Garage Door Manufacturers
NCCLS National Committee for Clinical Laboratory Standards
NFPA National Fire Protection Association
NFSA National Fertilizer Solutions Association
NKCA National Kitchen Cabinet Association
NWMA National Woodwork Manufacturers Association
NWWDA National Wood Window and Door Association
RMA Rubber Manufacturers Association •
SBC SBCC Standard Building Code
SDI Steel Door Institute
SIA Scaffold Industry Association
SMA Screen Manufacturers Association
SPRI Single-Ply Roofing Institute
TCA Tile Council of America
UBC Uniform Building Code
J. Roadways
AREA American Railway Engineering Association
GDOT Georgia Department of Transportation
K. Plumbing
AGA American Gas Association
NSF National Sanitation Foundation
PDI Plumbing Drainage Institute
SPC SBCC Standard Plumbing Code
L. Refrigeration, Heating, and Air Conditioning
AMCA Air Movement and Control Association •
ARI American Refrigeration Institute
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01091
01091-5
Codes and Standards
•
ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigeration, and Air Conditioning
Engineers
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers
CGA Compressed Gas Association
CTI Cooling Tower Institute
HEI Heat Exchange Institute
IIAR International Institute of Ammonia Refrigeration
NB National Board of Boilers and Pressure Vessel Inspectors
PFMA Power Fan Manufacturers Association
SAE Society of Automotive Engineers
SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association
SMC SBCC Standard Mechanical Code
TEMA Tubular Exchangers Manufacturers Association
M. Equipment
AFBMA Anti-Friction Bearing Manufacturers Association, Inc.
AGMA American Gear Manufacturers Association
ALI Automotive Lift Institute
CEMA Conveyor Equipment Manufacturers Association
. CMAA
DEMA Crane Manufacturers Association of America
Diesel Engine Manufacturers Association
MMA Monorail Manufacturers Association
OPEI Outdoor Power Equipment Institute, Inc.
PTI Power Tool Institute, Inc.
RIA Robotic Industries Association
SAMA Scientific Apparatus Makers Association
1.03 Symbols
Symbols and material legends shall be as scheduled on the Drawings.
END OF SECTION
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01091
01091-6
Codes and Standards
•
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK •
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01091
Section 01200
• Project Meetings
Part 1 General
1.01 Scope
A. Work under this Section includes all scheduling and administering of
pre-construction and progress meetings as herein specified and necessary for the
proper and complete performance of this Work.
B. Scheduling and Administration by Engineer:
1. Prepare agenda.
2. Make physical arrangements for the meetings.
3. Preside at meetings.
4. Record minutes including significant proceedings and decisions.
5. Distribute copies of the minutes toartici ants.
p p
1.02 Preconstruction Conference
A. The Engineer shall schedule the preconstruction conference prior to the issuance of
the Notice to Proceed.
• B. Representatives of the following parties are to be in attendance at the meeting:
1. Owner.
2. Engineer.
3. Contractor and superintendent.
4. Major subcontractors.
5. Representatives of governmental or regulatory agencies when appropriate.
C. The agenda for the preconstruction conference shall consist of the following as a
minimum:
1. Distribute and discuss a list of major subcontractors and a tentative
construction schedule.
2. Critical work sequencing.
3. Designation of responsible personnel and emergency telephone numbers.
4. Processing of field decisions and change orders.
5. Adequacy of distribution of Contract Documents.
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01200
01200-2
Project Meetings
6. Schedule and submittal of shop drawings, product data and samples. •
7. Pay request format, submittal cutoff date, paydate and retainage.
8. Procedures for maintaining record documents.
9. Use of premises, including office and storage areas and Owner's
requirements.
10. Major equipment deliveries and priorities.
11. Safety and first-aid procedures.
12. Security procedures.
13. Housekeeping procedures.
14. Work hours.
1.03 Project Coordination Meetings
A. Schedule regular monthly meetings as directed by the Engineer. •
B. Hold called meetings as the progress of the Work dictates.
C. The meetings shall be held at the location indicated by the Engineer.
D. Representatives of the following parties are to be in attendance at the meetings:
1. Engineer.
2. Contractor and superintendent.
3. Major subcontractors as pertinent to the agenda.
4. Owner's representative as appropriate.
5. Representatives of governmental or other regulatory agencies as
appropriate.
E. The minimum agenda for progress meetings shall consist of the following:
1. Review and approve minutes of previous meetings.
2. Review work progress since last meeting.
3. Note field observations, problems and decisions.
•
4. Identify problems which impede planned progress.
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01200
01200-3
Project Meetings
III
5. Review Contractor's corrective measures and procedures to regain plan
schedule, when applicable.
6. Review Contractor's revision to the construction schedule as outlined in the
Supplementary Conditions.
7. Review submittal schedule; expedite as required to maintain schedule.
8. Maintenance of quality and work standards.
9. Review changes proposed by Owner for their effect on the construction
schedule and completion date.
10. Complete other current business.
END OF SECTION
•
III
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01200
01200-4
Project Meetings
•
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK •
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01200
Section 01310
Construction Schedules
• Part 1 General
1.01 Scope
A. The work under this Section includes preparing, furnishing, distributing, and
periodic updating of the construction schedules as specified herein.
B. The purpose of the schedule is to demonstrate that the Contractor can complete
the overall Project within the Contract Time and meet all required interim
milestones.
1.02 Submittals
A. Overall Project Schedule (OPS)
1. Submit the schedule within 10 days after date of the Notice to Proceed.
2. The Engineer will review the schedule and return it within 10 days after
receipt.
• 3. If required, resubmit within 10 days after receipt of a returned copy.
B. Near Term Schedule (NTS)
1. Submit the first Near Term Schedule within 10 days of the Notice to
Proceed.
2. The Engineer will review the schedule and return it within 10 days after
receipt.
C. Submit an update of the OPS and NTS with each progress payment request.
D. Submit the number of copies required by the Contractor, plus three copies to be
retained by the Engineer.
1.03 Approval
Approval of the Contractor's detailed construction program and revisions thereto
shall in no way relieve the Contractor of any of the Contractor's duties and
obligations under the Contract. Approval is limited to the format of the schedule
and does not in any way indicate approval of, or concurrence with, the Contractor's
means, methods and ability to carry out the Work.
411
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01310
01310-2
Construction Schedules
1.04 Overall Project Schedule (OPS) •
A. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner for approval a detailed Overall Project
Schedule of the Contractor's proposed operations for the duration of the Project.
The OPS shall be in the form of a Gantt/bar chart.
B. Gantt/Bar Chart Schedule
1. Each activity with duration of seven or more days shall be identified by a
separate bar. Activities with duration of more than 30 days shall be
sub-divided into separate activities.
2. The schedule shall include activities for shop drawing preparation and
review, fabrication, delivery, and installation of major or critical path
materials and equipment items.
3. The schedule shall show the proposed start and completion date for each
activity. A separate listing of activity start and stop dates and working day
requirements shall be provided unless the information is shown in text form
on the Gantt/bar chart.
4. The schedule shall identify the Notice to Proceed date, the Contract
Completion date, major milestone dates, and a critical path. •
5. The schedule shall be printed on a maximum 11 x 17-inch size paper. If the
OPS needs to be shown on multiple sheets, a simplified, one page, summary
bar chart showing the entire Project shall be provided.
6. The schedule shall have a horizontal time scale based on calendar days and
shall identify the Monday of each week.
7. The schedule shall show the precedence relationship for each activity.
1.05 Near Term Schedule (NTS)
A. The Contractor shall develop and refine a detailed Near Term Schedule showing the
day to day activities with committed completion dates which must be performed
during the upcoming 30 day period. The detailed schedule shall represent the
Contractor's best approach to the Work which must be accomplished to maintain
progress consistent with the Overall Project Schedule.
B. The Near Term Schedule shall be in the form of Gantt/bar chart and shall include a
written narrative description of all activities to be performed and describe corrective
action to be taken for items that are behind schedule. •
1.06 Updating
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01310
01310-3
Construction Schedules
•
A. Show all changes occurring g ccu ng since previous submission of the updated schedule.
B. Indicate progress of each activity and show actual completion dates.
C. The Contractor shall be prepared to provide a narrative report at the Project
Coordination Meetings. The report shall include the following:
1. A description of the overall Project status and comparison to the OPS.
2. Identify activities which are behind schedule and describe corrective action
to be taken.
3. A description of changes or revisions to the Project and their effect on the
OPS.
4. A description of the Near Term Schedule of the activities to be completed
during the next 30 days. The report shall include a description of all
activities requiring participation by the Engineer and/or Owner.
•
END OF SECTION
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01310
01310-4
Construction Schedules
•
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK •
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01310
Section 01320
• Construction Videos and Photographs
Part 1 General
1.01 Scope
A. The Contractor shall furnish all equipment and labor materials required to provide
the Owner with digital construction videos and photographs of the Project.
B. Photo and video files shall become the property of the Owner and none of the
videos or photographs herein shall be published without written permission of the
Owner.
1.02 Pre and Post Construction Videos and Photographs
A. Prior to the beginning of any work, the Contractor shall take project videos and
photographs of the work area to record existing conditions.
B. Following completion of the work, another video and photos shall be made showing
the same areas and features as in the pre-construction video and photographs.
C. All conditions which might later be subject to disagreement shall be shown in
• sufficient detail to provide a basis for decisions.
D. The pre-construction video and photographs shall be submitted to the Engineer
within 25 calendar days after the date of receipt of Notice to Proceed.
Post-construction videos and photographs shall be provided prior to final
acceptance of the project.
1.03 Progress Photographs
A. Photo files shall be provided in a .jpg or.tif format.
B. The photographs shall be embedded with a date and time marking. All image files
shall be named to indicate date and description of work shown.
C. A minimum of ten photographs shall be submitted with each request for payment.
The view selection will be as agreed to with the Engineer.
1.04 Submittals
A. Photographs and videos shall be submitted on either a CD or DVD, as well as,
printed hard copies. Format for the video shall be MPEG or AVI.
• B. Construction photographs shall be submitted with each payment request. Failure
to include photographs may be cause for rejection of the payment request.
END OF SECTION
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01320
01320-2
Construction Videos and Photographs
•
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
•
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01320
Section 01340
1111 Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples
Part 1 General
1.01 Scope
A. The work under this Section includes submittal to the Engineer of shop drawings,
product data and samples required by the specifications and drawings.
B. Submittal Contents: The submittal contents required are detailed in each applicable
specification section.
C. Definitions: Submittals are categorized as follows:
1. Shop Drawings
a. Shop drawings shall include technical data, drawings, diagrams,
procedure and methodology, performance curves, schedules, templates,
patterns, test reports, calculations, instructions, measurements and
similar information as applicable to the specific item for which the shop
drawing is prepared.
b. Provide newly-prepared information, on reproducible sheets, with graphic
information at accurate scale (except as otherwise indicated) or
appropriate number of prints hereof, with name or preparer (firm name)
indicated. The Contract Drawings shall not be traced or reproduced by
any method for use as or in lieu of detail shop drawings. Show
dimensions and note dimensions that are based on field measurement.
Identify materials and products in the work shown. Indicate compliance
with standards and special coordination requirements. Do not allow
shop drawings to be used in connection with the Work without
appropriate final "Action" markings by the Engineer.
c. Drawings shall be presented in a clear and thorough manner. Details
shall be identified by reference to sheet and detail, specification section,
schedule or room numbers shown on the Contract Drawings.
d. Minimum assembly drawings sheet size shall be 24 x 36-inches.
e. Minimum detail sheet size shall be 8-1/2 x 11-inches.
f. Minimum Scale:
i. Assembly Drawings Sheet, Scale: 1-inch = 30 feet.
411 ii. Detail Sheet, Scale: 1/4-inch = 1 foot.
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01340
01340-2
Shop Drawings, Product Data,and Samples
2. Product Data •
a. Product data includes standard printed information on materials,
products and systems, not specially prepared for this Project, other than
the designation of selections from among available choices printed
therein.
b. Collect required data into one submittal for each unit of work or system,
and mark each copy to show which choices and options are applicable to
the Project. Include manufacturer's standard printed recommendations
for application and use, compliance with standards, application of labels
and seals, notation of field measurements which have been checked and
special coordination requirements.
3. Samples
a. Samples include both fabricated and un-fabricated physical examples of
materials, products and units of work, both as complete units and as
smaller portions of units of work, either for limited visual inspection or,
where indicated,for more detailed testing and analysis.
b. Provide units identical with final condition of proposed materials or
products for the work. Include "range" samples, not less than three 1111
units, where unavoidable variations must be expected, and describe or
identify variations between units of each set. Provide full set of optional
samples where the Engineer's selection is required. Prepare samples to
match the Engineer's sample where indicated. Include information with
each sample to show generic description, source or product name and
manufacturer, limitations and compliance with standards. Samples are
submitted for review and confirmation of color, pattern, texture and
"kind" by the Engineer. Engineer will note "test" samples, except as
otherwise indicated, for other requirements, which are the exclusive
responsibility of the Contractor.
4. Miscellaneous submittals related directly to the Work (non-administrative)
include warranties, maintenance agreements, workmanship bonds, project
photographs, survey data and reports, physical work records, statements of
applicability, quality testing and certifying reports, copies of industry
standards, record drawings, field measurement data, operating and
maintenance materials, overrun stock, security/protection/safety keys and
similar information, devices and materials applicable to the Work but not
processed as shop drawings, product data or samples.
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01340
01340-3
Shop Drawings, Product Data,and Samples
• 1.02 Specific Category Requirements
A. General: Except as otherwise indicated in the individual work sections, comply with
general requirements specified herein for each indicated category of submittal.
Submittals shall contain:
1. The date of submittal and the dates of any previous submittals.
2. The Project title.
3. Numerical submittal numbers, starting with 1.0, 2.0, etc. Revisions to be
numbered 1.1, 1.2, etc.
4. The Names of:
a. Contractor
b. Supplier
c. Manufacturer
5. Identification of the product, with the Specification section number,
permanent equipment tag numbers and applicable Drawing Number.
6. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such.
7. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the Work or materials.
8. Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers.
9. Notification to the Engineer in writing, at time of submissions, of any
deviations on the submittals from requirements of the Contract Documents.
10. Identification of revisions on resubmittals.
11. An 8" x 3" blank space for Contractor and Engineer stamps.
12. Contractor's stamp, initialed or signed, certifying to review of submittal,
verification of products, field measurements and field construction criteria
and coordination of the information within the submittal with requirements
of the Work and of Contract Documents.
13. Submittal sheets or drawings showing more than the particular item under
consideration shall have all but the pertinent description of the item for
• which review is requested crossed out.
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01340
01340-4
Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples
1.03 Routing of Submittals •
A. Submittals and routine correspondence shall be routed as follows:
1. Supplier or Subcontractor to Contractor(through representative if applicable)
2. Contractor to Engineer
3. Engineer to Contractor and Owner
4. Contractor to Supplier or Subcontractor
Part 2 Products
2.01 Shop Drawings
A. Unless otherwise specifically directed by the Engineer, make all shop drawings
accurately to a scale sufficiently large to show all pertinent features of the item and
its method of connection to the Work.
B. The number of shop drawings to be submitted shall be no less than the number
required to be returned, plus three copies which will be retained by the Engineer.
111)
2.02 Manufacturer's Literature
A. Where content of submitted literature from manufacturers includes data not
pertinent to this submittal, clearly indicate which portion of the contents is being
submitted for the Engineer's review.
B. Submit the number of copies which are required to be returned (not to exceed
three) plus three copies which will be retained by the Engineer.
2.03 Samples
A. Samples shall illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship and established
standards by which completed work is judged.
B. Unless otherwise specifically directed by the Engineer, all samples shall be of the
precise article proposed to be furnished.
C. Submit all samples in the quantity which is required to be returned plus one sample
which will be retained by the Engineer.
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01340
01340-5
Shop Drawings, Product Data,and Samples
• 2.04 Colors
A. Unless the precise color and pattern is specifically described in the Contract
Documents, wherever a choice of color or pattern is available in a specified product,
submit accurate color charts and pattern charts to the Engineer for review and
selection.
B. Unless all available colors and patterns have identical costs and identical wearing
capabilities, and are identically suited to the installation, completely describe the
relative costs and capabilities of each.
Part 3 Execution
3.01 Contractor's Coordination of Submittals
A. Prior to submittal for the Engineer's review, the Contractor shall use all means
necessary to fully coordinate all material, including the following procedures:
1. Determine and verify all field dimensions and conditions, catalog numbers
and similar data.
•
2. Coordinate as required with all trades and all public agencies involved.
3. Submit a written statement of review and compliance with the requirements
of all applicable technical Specifications as well as the requirements of this
Section.
4. Clearly indicate in a letter or memorandum on the manufacturer's or
fabricator's letterhead, all deviations from the Contract Documents.
B. Each and every copy of the shop drawings and data shall bear the Contractor's
stamp showing that they have been so checked. Shop drawings submitted to the
Engineer without the Contractor's stamp will be returned to the Contractor for
conformance with this requirement.
C. The Owner may backcharge the Contractor for costs associated with having to
review a particular shop drawing, product data or sample more than two times to
receive a "No Exceptions Taken" mark.
D. Grouping of Submittals
1. Unless otherwise specifically permitted by the Engineer, make all submittals
in groups containing all associated items.
. 2. No review will be given to partial submittals of shop drawings for items which
interconnect and/or are interdependent. It is the Contractor's responsibility
to assemble the shop drawings for all such interconnecting and/or
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01340
01340-6
Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples
interdependent items, check them and then make one submittal to the 41,
Engineer along with Contractor's comments as to compliance,
non-compliance or features requiring special attention.
E. Schedule of Submittals
Within 30 days of Contract award and prior to any shop drawing submittal, the
Contractor shall submit a schedule showing the estimated date of submittal and the
desired approval date for each shop drawing anticipated. A reasonable period shall
be scheduled for review and comments. Time lost due to unacceptable submittals
shall be the Contractor's responsibility and some time allowance for resubmittal
shall be provided. The schedule shall provide for submittal of items which relate to
one another to be submitted concurrently.
3.02 Timing of Submittals
A. Make all submittals far enough in advance of scheduled dates for installation to
provide all required time for reviews, for securing necessary approvals, for possible
revision and resubmittal, and for placing orders and securing delivery.
B. In scheduling, allow sufficient time for the Engineer's review following the receipt of
the submittal.
3.03 Reviewed Shop Drawings •
A. Engineer Review
1. Allow a minimum of 30 days for the Engineer's initial processing of each
submittal requiring review and response, except allow longer periods where
processing must be delayed for coordination with subsequent submittals.
The Engineer will advise the Contractor promptly when it is determined that a
submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. Allow a
minimum of two weeks for reprocessing each submittal. Advise the Engineer
on each submittal as to whether processing time is critical to progress of the
Work, and therefore the Work would be expedited if processing time could
be foreshortened.
2. Acceptable submittals will be marked "No Exceptions Taken". A minimum of
three copies will be retained by the Engineer for Engineer's and the Owner's
use and the remaining copies will be returned to the Contractor.
3. Submittals requiring minor corrections before the product is acceptable will
be marked "Make Corrections Noted". The Contractor may order, fabricate
and ship the items included in the submittals, provided the indicated
corrections are made. Drawings must be resubmitted for review and marked •
"No Exceptions Taken" prior to installation or use of products.
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01340
01340-7
Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples
• 4. Submittals marked "Amend and Resubmit" must be revised to reflect
required changes and the initial review procedure repeated.
5. The "Rejected - See Remarks" notation is used to indicate products which
are not acceptable. Upon return of a submittal so marked, the Contractor
shall repeat the initial review procedure utilizing acceptable products.
6. Only two copies of items marked "Amend and Resubmit" and "Rejected -
See Remarks" will be reviewed and marked. One copy will be retained by the
Engineer and the other copy with all remaining unmarked copies will be
returned to the Contractor for resubmittal.
B. No work or products shall be installed without a drawing or submittal bearing the
"No Exceptions Taken" notation. The Contractor shall maintain at the job site a
complete set of shop drawings bearing the Engineer's stamp.
C. Substitutions: In the event the Contractor obtains the Engineer's approval for the
use of products other than those which are listed first in the Contract Documents,
the Contractor shall, at the Contractor's own expense and using methods approved
by the Engineer, make any changes to structures, piping and electrical work that
may be necessary to accommodate these products.
1111 D. Use of the "No Exceptions Taken" notation on shop drawings or other submittals is
general and shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of furnishing
products of the proper dimension, size, quality, quantity, materials and all
performance characteristics, to efficiently perform the requirements and intent of
the Contract Documents. The Engineer's review shall not relieve the Contractor of
responsibility for errors of any kind on the shop drawings. Review is intended only to
assure conformance with the design concept of the Project and compliance with the
information given in the Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for
dimensions to be confirmed and correlated at the job site. The Contractor is also
responsible for information that pertains solely to the fabrication processes or to the
technique of construction and for the coordination of the work of all trades.
3.04 Resubmission Requirements
A. Shop Drawings
1. Revise initial drawings as required and resubmit as specified for initial
submittal, with the resubmittal number shown.
2. Indicate on drawings all changes which have been made other than those
requested by the Engineer.
• B. Project Data and Samples: Resubmit new data and samples as specified for initial
submittal, with the resubmittal number shown.
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01340
01340-8
Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples
3.05 Project Closeout
A. Prior to final completion, Contractor shall submit electronic copies of all approved
(NET) shop drawings. Each shop drawing shall be scanned as a separate pdf file
and named to match the submittal number.
B. Electronic, scanned copy of approved shop drawings shall be submitted to the
Engineer on a CD or DVD.
END OF SECTION
•
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01340
Section 01410
• Testing Laboratory Services
Part 1 General
1.01 Scope
A. This Section includes testing which the Owner may require, beyond that testing
required of the manufacturer, to determine if materials provided for the Project
meet the requirements of these Specifications.
B. This work also includes all testing required by the Owner to verify work performed
by the Contractor is in accordance with the requirements of these Specifications,
i.e., concrete strength and slump testing, soil compaction, etc.
C. This work does not include materials testing required in various sections of these
Specifications to be performed by the manufacturer, e.g., testing of liner materials.
D. The testing laboratory or laboratories will be selected by the Owner. The testing
laboratory or laboratories will work for the Owner.
E. The testing laboratory services to be performed by the Construction Quality
Assurance (CQA) Engineer may or may not be performed by the independent
testing laboratory required elsewhere in these Specifications.
1.02 Payment for Testing Services
A. The cost of testing services required by the Contract to be provided by the
Contractor shall be paid for by the Owner through the CASH ALLOWANCE, i.e.,
concrete testing, soil compaction, asphalt testing and geosynthetic testing.
B. The cost of additional testing services not specifically required in the
Specifications, but requested by the Owner or Engineer, shall be paid for by the
Owner through the CASH ALLOWANCE.
C. The cost of testing laboratory services required to be performed by the CQA
Engineer shall be paid for by the Owner through the CASH ALLOWANCE.
D. The costs that the Owner is to pay for testing laboratory services will be paid for in
one of the following manners, as appropriate:
1. The testing laboratory will invoice the Contractor, who would then include
such eligible costs in periodic payment requests under the terms and
conditions of Cash Allowances.
• 2. Directly to the CQA Engineering Firm.
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01410
01410-2
Testing Laboratory Services
3. The CQA Engineering Firm would invoice the Engineer who would then invoice •
the Owner.
E. The cost of material testing described in various sections of these Specifications or
as required in referenced standards to be provided by a material manufacturer,
shall be included in the price proposed for that item and shall not be paid for by
the Owner.
F. The cost of retesting any item that fails to meet the requirements of these
Specifications shall be paid for by the Contractor. Retesting shall be performed by
the testing laboratory working for the Owner.
1.03 Laboratory Duties
A. Cooperate with the Owner, Engineer and Contractor.
B. Provide qualified personnel promptly on notice.
C. Perform specified inspections, sampling and testing of materials.
1. Comply with specified standards, ASTM, other recognized authorities, and as
specified.
2. Ascertain compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents.
D. Promptly notify the Engineer and Contractor of irregularity or deficiency of work
which are observed during performance of services.
E. Promptly submit three copies (two copies to the Engineer and one copy to the
Contractor) of report of inspections and tests in addition to those additional copies
required by the Contractor with the following information included:
1. Date issued
2. Project title and number
3. Testing laboratory name and address
4. Name and signature of inspector
5. Date of inspection or sampling
6. Record of temperature and weather
7. Date of test
8. Identification of product and Specification section
9. Location of Project
10. Type of inspection or test
11. Results of test
12. Observations regarding compliance with the Contract Documents
1111
F. Perform additional services as required.
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01410
01410-3
Testing Laboratory Services
i
G. The laboratory is not authorized to release, revoke, alter or enlarge on
requirements of the Contract Documents, or approve or accept any portion of the
Work.
1.04 Contractor Responsibilities
A. Cooperate with laboratory personnel, provide access to Work and/or
manufacturer's requirements.
B. Provide representative samples of materials to be tested to the laboratory in
required quantities.
C. Furnish copies of mill test reports.
D. Furnish required labor and facilities to:
1. Provide access to Work to be tested;
2. Obtain and handle samples at the site;
3. Facilitate inspections and tests;
4. Build or furnish a holding box for concrete cylinders or other samples as
• required by the laboratory.
E. Notify the laboratory sufficiently in advance of operation to allow for the
assignment of personnel and schedules of tests.
F. Laboratory Tests: Where such inspection and testing are to be conducted by an
independent laboratory agency, the sample(s) shall be selected by such laboratory
or agency, or the Engineer, and shipped to the laboratory by the Contractor at
Contractor's expense.
G. Copies of all correspondence between the Contractor and testing agencies shall be
provided to the Engineer.
H. Provide equipment and labor as required to verify leachate collection layer
thickness as requested by the Engineer and/ or the Georgia EPD. Typically, this
includes at least one hole per acre at locations as directed by the Engineer
excavated to the base of the layer. Care should be taken to protect the surfaces
below the collection layer. Contractor is required to fill in the holes with like
material after the site has been inspected by the Georgia EPD.
1.05 Quality Assurance
• Testing shall be in accordance with all pertinent codes and regulations and with
procedures and requirements of the American Society for Testing and Materials
(ASTM).
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01410
01410-4
Testing Laboratory Services
III
1.06 Product Handling
Promptly process and distribute all required copies of test reports and related
instructions to insure all necessary retesting or replacement of materials with the
least possible delay in the progress of the Work.
1.07 Furnishing Materials
The Contractor shall be responsible for furnishing all materials necessary for
testing.
1.08 Code Compliance Testing
Inspections and tests required by codes or ordinances or by a plan approval
authority, and made by a legally constituted authority, shall be the responsibility of,
and shall be paid for by the Contractor, unless otherwise provided in the Contract
Documents.
1.09 Contractor's Convenience Testing
Inspection or testing performed exclusively for the Contractor's convenience shall III
be the sole responsibility of the Contractor.
1.10 Schedules for Testing
A. Establishing Schedule
1. The Contractor shall, by advance discussion with the testing laboratory
selected by the Owner, determine the time required for the laboratory to
perform its tests and to issue each of its findings, and make all arrangements
for the testing laboratory to be on site to provide the required testing.
2. Provide all required time within the construction schedule.
B. When changes of construction schedule are necessary during construction,
coordinate all such changes of schedule with the testing laboratory as required.
C. When the testing laboratory is ready to test according to the determined schedule,
but is prevented from testing or taking specimens due to incompleteness of the
Work, all extra costs for testing attributable to the delay will be back-charged to the
Contractor and shall not be borne by the Owner.
1.11 Taking Specimens
III
Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, all specimens and samples
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01410
01410-5
• Testing Laboratory Services
for tests will be taken by the testing laboratory or the Engineer.
1.12 Transporting Samples
The Contractor shall be responsible for transporting all samples, except those
taken by testing laboratory personnel or the CQA Engineer, to the testing
laboratory.
END OF SECTION
•
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W\T8-01410
01410-6
Testing Laboratory Services
•
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
•
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01410
Section 01500
• Construction Facilities
Part 1 General
1.01 Sanitary Facilities
The Contractor will provide sufficient sanitary facilities in proximity to the areas of
work for his employees and those employees of his subcontractors. The
Contractor will be responsible for continual maintenance and servicing of these
facilities.
1.02 First Aid Facilities
The Contractor shall maintain at a well known place at the job site, all articles
necessary for giving first aid to the injured, and shall make standing
arrangements for the immediate removal to a hospital or a doctor's care of
persons (including employees) who may be injured on the job site. In no case,
shall employees be permitted to work at a job site before the employer has made
a standing arrangement (verified in writing to the Owner) for removal of injured
persons to a hospital or a doctor's care.
S
END OF SECTION
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01500
01500-2
Construction Facilities
•
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
•
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01500
Section 01510
• Temporary Facilities
Part 1 General
1.01 Scope
A. Temporary facilities required for this work include, but are not limited to:
1. Temporary utilities such as water and electricity.
2. First aid facilities.
3. Sanitary facilities.
4. Potable water.
5. Temporary enclosures and construction facilities.
B. Temporary utilities for field offices shall be as specified in Section 01590 of these
Specifications.
1.02 General
A. First aid facilities, sanitary facilities and potable water shall be available on the
Project site on the first day that any activities are conducted on site. The other
facilities shall be provided as the schedule of the Project warrants.
• B. Maintenance: Use all means necessary to maintain temporary facilities in proper
and safe condition throughout progress of the Work. In the event of loss or
damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary, at no
additional cost to the Owner.
C. Removal: Remove all such temporary facilities and controls as rapidly as progress
of the Work will permit.
1.03 Temporary Utilities
A. General
1. Provide and pay all costs for all water, electricity and other utilities required
for the performance of the Work.
2. Pay all costs for temporary utilities until Project completion.
3. Costs for temporary utilities shall include all power, water and the like
necessary for testing equipment as required by the Contract Documents.
• B. Temporary Water: Provide all necessary temporary piping, and upon completion of
the Work, remove all such temporary piping. Provide and remove water meters as
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01510
01510-2
Temporary Facilities 1111
required by the water provider.
C. Temporary Electricity
1. Provide all necessary wiring for the Contractor's use.
2. Furnish, locate and install area distribution boxes such that the individual
trades may use, their own construction type extension cords to obtain
adequate power, and artificial lighting at all points where required by
inspectors and for safety.
1.04 First Aid Facilities
The Contractor shall provide a suitable first aid station, equipped with all facilities
and medical supplies necessary to administer emergency first aid treatment. The
Contractor shall have standing arrangements for the removal and hospital
treatment of any injured person. All first aid facilities and emergency ambulance
service shall be made available by the Contractor to the Owner and the Engineer's
personnel.
1.05 Sanitary Facilities
Prior to starting the Work, the Contractor shall furnish, for use of Contractor's •
personnel on the job, all necessary toilet facilities which shall be secluded from
public observation. These facilities shall be either chemical toilets or shall be
connected to the Owner's sanitary sewer system. All facilities, regardless of type,
shall be kept in a clean and sanitary condition and shall comply with the
requirements and regulations of the area in which the Work is performed.
Adequacy of these facilities will be subject to the Engineer's review and
maintenance of same must be satisfactory to the Engineer at all times.
1.06 Potable Water
The Contractor shall be responsible for furnishing a supply of potable drinking water
for employees, subcontractors, inspectors, engineers and the Owner who are
associated with the Work.
1.07 Enclosures and Construction Facilities
Furnish, install and maintain for the duration of construction, all required scaffolds,
tarpaulins, canopies, steps, bridges, platforms and other temporary construction
necessary for proper completion of the Work in compliance with all pertinent safety
and other regulations.
111
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01510
01510-3
Temporary Facilities
•
1.08 Parking Facilities
Parking facilities for the Contractor's and Contractor's subcontractors' personnel
shall be the Contractor's responsibility. The storage and work facilities provided by
the Owner will not be used for parking by the Contractor's or subcontractor's
personnel.
END OF SECTION
•
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01510
01510-4
Temporary Facilities
III
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY •
LEFT BLANK
III
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01510
Section 01540
Job Site Security
Part 1 General
1.01 Barricades, Light, and Signals
A. The Contractor shall furnish and erect such barricades, fences, lights, and danger
signals and shall provide such other precautionary measures for the protection of
persons or property and of the work as are necessary. Barricades shall be painted
in a color that will be visible at night. From sunset to sunrise, the Contractor shall
furnish and maintain at least one light at each barricade and sufficient numbers
of barricades shall be erected to keep vehicles from being driven on or into any
work under construction.
B. The Contractor will be held responsible for all damage to the work due to failure
of barricades, signs and lights and whenever evidence is found of such damage,
the Contractor shall immediately remove the damaged portion and replace it at
his cost and expense. The Contractor's responsibility for the maintenance of
barricades, signs, and lights shall not cease until the project has been accepted
by the Owner.
C. All job site security shall be coordinated with the Owner's landfill security
procedures.
END OF SECTION
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01540
01540-2
Job Site Security
•
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01540
Section 01562
Dust Control
Part 1 General
1.01 Scope
Limit blowing dust caused by construction operations by applying water or
employing other appropriate means or methods to maintain dust control, subject to
the approval of the Owner. As a minimum, this may require the use of a water
wagon twice a day to suppress dusty conditions.
1.02 Protection of Adjacent Property
A. The Contractor shall make adequate provision to fully protect the surrounding area
and will be held fully responsible for all damages resulting from Contractor's
operations.
B. Protect all existing facilities (indoors or out) from damage by dust, fumes, spray or
spills (indoors or out). Protect motors, bearings, electrical gear, instrumentation
and building or other surfaces from dirt, dust, welding fumes, paint spray, spills or
droppings causing wear, corrosion, malfunction, failure or defacement by
enclosure, sprinkling or other dust palliatives, masking and covering, exhausting or
• containment.
1.03 Dust Suppression Plan
A. The Contractor shall obtain a copy of the site Dust Suppression Plan as required by
the Title V Air Permit. The Contractor shall comply with all aspects of the plan
including monthly submission of a Dust Suppression Log. The log is required to
address all activities related to the Contractor's on-site work.
END OF SECTION
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01562
01562-2
Dust Control
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01562
Section 01569
III Safety in Landfill Works
Part 1 General
1.01 Scope
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for conducting all Work in a safe manner and
shall take reasonable precautions to ensure the safety and protection of workers,
property and the general public. The Contractor's responsibility for protection is
described in Article 21 of the General Conditions.
B. All construction shall be conducted in accordance with the latest applicable
requirements for Part 1926 of the Occupational Safety and Health Act, Safety
and Health,Regulations for Construction, Section 107 of the Contract Work Hours
and Safety Standards Act, as well as any other local, state or federal safety codes
and regulations.
C. The Contractor shall designate a trained and qualified employee who is to be
responsible for ensuring that the Work is performed safely and in conformance
with all applicable regulations.
D. The Contractor shall determine the safety hazards involved in prosecuting the
• Work and the precautions necessary to conduct the Work safely. If the Contractor
is unsure as to any special hazards which may be unique to landfill or
wastewater conveyance facilities, it shall be Contractor's responsibility to
determine such information prior to beginning the Work.
E. The Contractor shall bear all risks associated with performing the Work and shall
fully indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and Engineer.
1.02 Special Requirements
A. The Contractor's attention is directed to the fact that construction activities
involving existing landfill facilities and sewer systems will occasionally involve
work in potentially hazardous environments in which oxygen deficient, toxic or
explosive conditions may exist. Additional hazards arise from the presence of
pathogens in the waste and leachate and from the slime and scum layer that
coat walking, working and other surfaces. In dealing with these hazards, the
Contractor shall take special precautions to ensure worker safety. Such
precautions shall include, but are not limited to, the following, as applicable:
1. Installing temporary forced air ventilation equipment and ducts for fresh air
in enclosed areas.
2. Using pneumatic tools and equipment instead of electric-driven equipment
in hazardous areas.
III3. Avoiding the use of cuttingtorches,, field welding and grinders in hazardous
areas.
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01569
01569-2
Safety in Landfill Works
•
4. Cleaning and disinfecting working surfaces with hot water, high pressure
washers prior to commencing work.
5. Installing sealed wooden baffles or bulkheads to isolate working areas from
hazardous atmospheres.
6. Providing portable oxygen meters, combustible gas detectors and hydrogen
sulfide detectors to continuously monitor the atmosphere in enclosed
working areas.
7. Providing safety harnesses, safety lines and recovery crews for workers In
hazardous areas.
8. Providing self-contained breathing apparatus with spare air cylinders for
workers in hazardous areas.
9. Providing dry chemical fire extinguishers and connected fire hoses in areas
where a danger of fire or explosion exists.
10. Providing adequate, oxygen-equipped, first aid facilities.
11. Providing suitable wash-up areas and facilities for workers. •
12. Installing temporary lighting using explosion-proof fixtures in hazardous
environments.
13. Installing approved warning and hazard signs and posting safety
procedures.
14. Instructing all workers as to the hazards present; the procedures to be
followed and the proper function and use of all safety and emergency
equipment furnished.
B. Prior to commencing Work on existing facilities and equipment, the Contractor
shall notify the system/facility superintendent and shall ensure that the source
of electrical energy to all affected equipment is shut off and locked out at the
appropriate motor control center. Local switches and pushbutton stations,
where provided, shall be locked in the "off' position.
C. Prior to entering or commencing work in a hazardous area, the Contractor shall
ensure that all safety and emergency equipment is in place and in satisfactory
operating condition.
END OF SECTION •
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01569
Section 01590
• Field Offices
Part 1 General
1.01 Scope
A. The work under this Section shall include the providing of a field office for use by
the Engineer and Contractor. The work shall include providing the field offices,
located on the Project site, site preparation, utilities, removal of the office(s) and
restoration of the area.
B. Furnish, install and maintain storage and work sheds needed for construction.
1.02 Requirements
A. General
1. The materials, equipment, and furnishings provided under this Section may
be new or used (except as indicated otherwise), but must be serviceable,
adequate for the required purpose, and must not violate applicable codes or
regulations.
• 2. The Contractor shall make all provisions and pay all costs for installation,
utilities, rent, permit fees, site work and removal for field offices and facilities.
B. Construction
1. Structurally sound, weather tight, with floors raised above ground.
2. Temperature Transmission Resistance: Compatible with occupancy and
storage requirements.
3. At the Contractor's option, portable or mobile buildings may be used.
a. Mobile trailers shall be Class "A", new and modified for office use.
b. Do not use mobile trailers for living quarters.
1.03 Submittals
A. Submit to the Engineer for approval a site plan showing the locations of field
offices, parking, storage spaces and storage trailers.
B. Submit to the Engineer for approval, prior to installation, office floor plan and
• schematic drawings, showing the complete telephone system, including location of
jacks, hubs, ports, etc. to be installed shall be provided for review by the Engineer
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01590
01590-2
Field Offices
before installation of service. •
Part 2 Products
2.01 Field Office
A. The office shall be fully installed, including all equipment and services, and
available for occupation on the site at the beginning of the on-site Work, including
the delivery of products, and shall remain on the site until the project is completed
or final payment is made.
B. The Field Office shall include an office separate from the Contractor's for the
exclusive use by the Engineer. This office shall be not less than 100 square feet of
floor space with a lockable door.
C. The Field office shall include a central room, sized as required, to provide space for
Project Meetings.
D. The Field Office shall be a pre-fabricated building or a mobile trailer having ceiling,
floor and walls adequately insulated. The office shall have sufficient windows to
allow adequate sunlight and ventilation, properly weatherproofed with proper
screens. The office shall be properly skirted as approved by the Engineer. The
•
office shall have at least one outside entrance with proper screen. Awnings or
sunscreen approved by the Engineer shall be furnished over all windows. The
outside entrances shall have locks and entrance deck at least four feet wide, with
"non-slip" steps and handrails.
E. The office building shall be adequately wired for electricity in accordance with
applicable codes to handle the total lighting, air conditioning, equipment and
other loads. Lighting fixtures, in adequate numbers, shall be installed to give an
illumination of 150 foot candles average and minimum glare. Fluorescent lamp
fixtures with minimum 45 degrees shielding will be required. 110 volt
convenience duplex outlets, one per wall in each room shall be provided. Provide
air conditioning and heating combination unit to maintain 78 degrees F inside in
winter with outside air temperature of 20 degrees F and 72 degrees F inside in
summer with the outside temperature of 100 degrees F.
2.02 Engineer Office Interior Furnishings
A. Provide new, delivered, and set-up the following items for the Engineer's office:
(All maintenance services, consumable supplies, furnishings, etc. shall be
provided for the full duration of the project.)
1. One desk-type phone shall be provided in each office and open area. At •
minimum, the desk-type phones shall have as features: speed dial, hold,
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01590
01590-3
Field Offices
• mute, speaker-phone and interoffice intercom.
2. One desk, per office, 60" x 30", with at least three drawers.
3. One desk chair, per desk, on castors equal to Global Posture Back Desk Chair
#8838BKPN04.
4. One five-gallon wastebasket.
B. Services and supplies to be supplied for the duration of the Project
(in addition to utility services):
1. Repair and clean the offices, parking areas and access routes.
2. Provide complete janitorial services and supplies, including but not limited to
toilet paper, soap, and paper towels. Cleaning shall be done on a daily basis
during other than normal working hours.
2.03 Field Office Facilities
A. The Contractor shall maintain a local office with a telephone & fax in the general
• area of the Work, and will be required to have a responsible representative on call
at all times.
B. Racks and files for Project Record Documents.
C. One 10-inch outdoor-type thermometer.
D. One 11-inch rain gauge graded to 0.01 inches equivalent to Tenite.
2.04 Utilities
A. General: Provide and pay all costs for all telephone, internet, water, sewer, and
electricity required for the field office for the duration of the Project. Upon
completion of the Work, remove all temporary utilities and telephone equipment.
B. Temporary Water and Sewer: Furnish and install all necessary temporary piping
and appurtenances for water and sewer service required for field offices.
C. Temporary Electricity: The Contractor shall furnish and install all necessary
electrical service for field offices.
D. Telephone Service
• 1. The Contractor shall provide telephone service to Contractor's office and
separate service to the Engineer's field office. All portions of the
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01590
01590-4
Field Offices
communication system shall be maintained in good working condition. At •
least one phone jack shall be provided in each office and open area.
2. The telephone system in the Engineer's field office shall be a touch-tone,
local to the site area code, two-line phone system with a separate dedicated
line for facsimile machine.
3. All costs for the installation costs of lines, line extensions, service charges
and recurring service charges for telephone services, including long distance
phone calls, shall be paid by the Contractor at no additional cost to the
Owner.
2.05 Parking Facilities
A. Parking facilities for the Contractor's field office shall be the Contractor's
responsibility. The storage and work facilities provided by the Owner will not be
used for parking.
B. The Contractor shall provide ample parking, graveled or paved, adjacent to the
Engineer's field office. Adequate parking space shall be provided for at least one
car per 100 square feet of the Engineer's field office, not including contractor's
vehicles, at Engineer's field office. •
2.06 Use of Permanent Facilities
Permanent facilities shall not be used for field offices or for storage.
Part 3 Execution
3.01 Preparation
Fill and grade sites for temporary structures to provide surface drainage.
3.02 Installation
A. Construct temporary field offices and storage facilities on proper foundations and
provide connections for utility services.
1. Secure portable or mobile buildings when used.
2. Provide steps and landings at entrance doors.
3. Provide tie-downs for 100 mile per hour gusts and winds.
•
by the
facilities at locations within the
B. Locate construction office Projectapproved
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01590
01590-5
Field Offices
• Engineer.
3.03 Maintenance and Cleaning
Provide periodic maintenance and cleaning for temporary structures, furnishings,
equipment and services.
3.04 Removal
A. Remove temporaryfield offices and utilities at Project Completion on or as directed by
the Engineer.
B. Remove foundations and debris; grade site to required elevations and clean areas.
At a minimum, unless specified elsewhere, restore area to the condition it was in
at the beginning of the project and regrass as required.
C. Furnishings furnished for the Engineer's field office are property of the Owner.
Remove and relocate furnishings to a location identified by the Owner, as directed
by the Engineer.
• END OF SECTION
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01590
01590-6
Field Offices
•
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
•
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01590
Section 01610
Transportation and Handling
Part 1 General
1.01 Scope
A. The Contractor shall provide transportation of all equipment, materials and
products furnished under these Contract Documents to the Work site. In addition,
the Contractor shall provide preparation for shipment, loading, unloading, handling
and preparation for installation and all other work and incidental items necessary
or convenient to the Contractor for the satisfactory prosecution and completion of
the Work.
B. All equipment, materials and products damaged during transportation or handling
shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner
prior to being incorporated into the Work.
1.02 Transportation
A. All equipment shall be suitably boxed, crated or otherwise protected during
transportation.
SB. Where equipment will be installed using existing cranes or hoisting equipment, the
Contractor shall ensure that the weights of the assembled sections do not exceed
the capacity of the cranes or hoisting equipment.
C. Small items and appurtenances such as gauges, valves, switches, instruments and
probes which could be damaged during shipment shall be removed from the
equipment prior to shipment, packaged and shipped separately. All openings shall
be plugged or sealed to prevent the entrance of water or dirt.
1.03 Handling
A. All equipment, materials and products shall be carefully handled to prevent
damage or excessive deflections during unloading or transportation.
B. Lifting and handling drawings and instructions furnished by the manufacturer or
supplier shall be strictly followed. Eyebolts or lifting lugs furnished on the
equipment shall be used in handling the equipment. Shafts and operating
mechanisms shall not be used as lifting points. Spreader bars or lifting beams
shall be used when the distance between lifting points exceeds that permitted by
standard industry practice.
C. Under no circumstances shall equipment or products such as pipe, structural steel,
• castings, reinforcement, lumber, piles, poles, etc., be thrown or rolled off of trucks
onto the ground.
10/28/2016 G003-109W/TS-01610
01610-2
Transportation and Handling
D. Slings and chains shall be padded as required to prevent damage to protective •
coatings and finishes.
1.04 Owner Furnished Material
A. Owner furnished material shall mean any Owner material purchased and required
by these Specifications to be installed by the Contractor.
B. The owner shall be responsible for transportation to the site of all Owner furnished
material.
C. The Contractor shall off load and store all Owner furnished material per this
Section of these Specifications.
END OF SECTION
1111
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W/TS-01610
Section 01611
Storage and Protection
• Part 1 General
1.01 Scope
The work under this Section includes, but is not necessarily limited to, the
furnishing of all labor, tools and materials necessary to properly store and protect
all materials, equipment, products and the like, as necessary for the proper and
complete performance of the Work.
1.02 Storage and Protection
A. Storage
1. Maintain ample way for foot traffic at all times, except as otherwise approved
by the Engineer.
2. All property damaged by reason of storing of material shall be properly
replaced at no additional cost to the Owner.
3. Packaged materials shall be delivered in original unopened containers and
so stored until ready for use.
4. All materials shall meet the requirements of these Specifications at the time
e
that they are used in the Work.
5. Store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Protection
1. Use means necessary to protect the materials, equipment and products of
every section before, during and after installation and to protect the installed
work and materials of all other trades.
2. All materials shall be delivered, stored and handled to prevent the inclusion
of foreign materials and damage by water, breakage, vandalism or other
causes.
3. Substantially constructed weathertight storage sheds, with raised floors,
shall be provided and maintained as may be required to adequately protect
those materials and products stored on the site which may require protection
from damage by the elements.
C. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and
• replacements necessary for the approval of the Engineer and at no additional cost
to the Owner.
10/28/2016 G003-109W/TS-01611
01611-2
Storage and Protection
D. Equipment and products stored outdoors shall be supported above the ground on •
suitable wooden blocks or braces arranged to prevent excessive deflection or
bending between supports. Items such as pipe, structural steel and sheet
construction products shall be stored with one end elevated to facilitate drainage.
E. Unless otherwise permitted in writing by the Engineer, building products and
materials such as cement, grout, plaster, gypsumboard, particleboard, resilient
flooring, acoustical tile, paneling, finish lumber, insulation, wiring, etc., shall be
stored indoors in a dry location. Building products such as rough lumber, plywood,
concrete block and structural tile may be stored outdoors under a properly secured
waterproof covering.
F. Tarps and other coverings shall be supported above the stored equipment or
materials on wooden strips to provide ventilation under the cover and minimize
condensation. Tarps and covers shall be arranged to prevent ponding of water.
1.03 Extended Storage
In the event that certain items of major equipment such as air compressors,
pumps and mechanical aerators have to be stored for an extended period of time,
the Contractor shall provide satisfactory long-term storage facilities which are
acceptable to the Engineer. The Contractor shall provide all special packaging,
protective coverings, protective coatings, power, nitrogen purge, desiccants,
lubricants and exercising necessary or recommended by the manufacturer to
properly maintain and protect the equipment during the period of extended
storage.
1.04 Owner Furnished Equipment
The Contractor shall provide storage and protection for all Owner furnished
equipment and materials, including extended storage as specified above.
END OF SECTION
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W/TS-01611
Section 01630
Substitutions and Options
•
Part 1 General
1.01 Scope
This Section outlines the Contractor's requirements for substitutions and product
options.
1.02 Products List
A. General
1. Within 30 days after date of Notice to Proceed, submit to the Engineer five
copies of a complete list of all products which are proposed for installation,
unless otherwise indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
2. Tabulate the list by each Specification Section.
B. For products specified under reference standards, include with the listing of each
product the following:
1. Name and address of manufacturer,
2. Trade name,
3. Model or catalog designation,
4. Manufacturer's data including performance and test data, and reference
standards.
1.03 Contractor's Options
A. No substitutions will be considered for the manufacturers listed by the Bidder in
the Bid unless directed by the Owner.
B. For products specified only by reference standards, select any product meeting the
standards by any manufacturer unless otherwise required elsewhere in the
Contract Documents.
C. Products Specified by Naming Products
1. Whenever the Engineer's design is based on a specific product of a particular
manufacturer, that manufacturer will be shown on the Drawings and/or listed
• first in the list of approved manufacturers in Divisions 2 through 16 of the
Specifications. Any Bidder intending to furnish equipment of other than the
10/28/2016 G003-109W/TS-01630
01630-2
Substitutions and Options •
first listed manufacturer is cautioned to verify that the item being furnished
will fit in the space allowed, perform the functions, and have the capabilities
as specified. The Bid should reflect the cost of any accessory items which
may be required to incorporate the other listed manufacturer's product in the
work. This includes any architectural, structural, mechanical, piping,
electrical, or other modifications required and the cost of additional
engineering required to accommodate the product selected by the Bidder.
The Contractor, after receiving the Notice to Proceed, shall submit shop
drawings on the other listed manufacturer's product for the Engineer's
review. If the manufacturer of this product is required to be named in the
Bid, no deviation from that manufacturer named in the Bid is allowed unless
directed by the Owner.
2. Whenever a product is specified with the term "equal to" preceding the list of
approved manufacturers, in Divisions 2 through 16 of the Specifications,
substitute products will be considered. It is the bidder's responsibility to
verify that the substitute product will fit in the space allowed, perform the
same functions, and have the same capabilities as the item specified. The
substitute product shall not result in any additional costs to the Owner
whether for accessory items; for architectural, structural, mechanical, piping,
electrical or the other modifications to the work; or for engineering work
required to accommodate the substitute product. The Contractor, after •
receiving notice to proceed, shall submit shop drawings on the substitute
product for the Engineer's review. If the manufacturer of this product is
required to be named in the Bid, no deviation from that manufacturer named
in the Bid is allowed unless directed by the Owner.
3. Approval of the Engineer is dependent on determination that the product
offered is essentially equal in function, performance, quality of manufacture,
ease of maintenance, reliability, service life and other criteria to that on
which the design is based and will require no major modifications to
structures, electrical systems, control systems or piping systems.
END OF SECTION
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W/TS-01630
Section 01710
• Cleaning
Part 1 General
1.01 Scope
This Section covers the general cleaning which the Contractor shall be required to
perform both during construction and before final acceptance of the Project unless
otherwise shown on the Drawings or specified elsewhere in these Specifications.
1.02 Quality Assurance
A. Daily, and more often if necessary, conduct inspections verifying that requirements
of cleanliness are being met.
B. In addition to the standards described in this Section, comply with all pertinent
requirements of governmental agencies having jurisdiction.
1.03
Hazardous Material and Waste
A. The Contractor shall handle hazardous waste and materials in accordance with
applicable local, state, and federal regulations. Waste shall also be disposed of in
approved landfills as applicable.
B. The Contractor shall prevent accumulation of wastes which create hazardous
conditions.
C. Burning or burying rubbish and waste materials on the site shall not be allowed.
D. Disposal of hazardous wastes or materials into sanitary or storm sewers shall not
be allowed.
1.04 Disposal of Surplus Materials
Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, specified or directed, the Contractor
shall legally dispose all surplus materials and equipment from demolition and shall
provide suitable off-site disposal site, or utilize a site designated by the Owner.
Part 2 Products
2.01 Cleaning Materials and Equipment
Provide all required personnel, equipment and materials needed to maintain the
• specified standard of cleanliness.
10/28/2016 G003-109W/TS-01710
01710-2
Cleaning
2.02 Compatibility •
Use only the cleaning materials, methods and equipment which are compatible
with the surface being cleaned, as recommended by the manufacturer of the
material or as approved by the Engineer.
Part 3 Execution
3.01 Progress Cleaning
A. General
1. Do not allow the accumulation of scrap, debris, waste material and other
items not required for construction of this Work.
2. At least each week, and more often if necessary, completely remove all
scrap, debris and waste material from the job site.
3. Provide adequate storage for all items awaiting removal from the job site,
observing all requirements for fire protection and protection of the
environment.
B. Site
1. Daily, and more often if necessary, inspect the site and pick up all scrap,
debris and waste material. Remove all such items to the place designated
for their storage.
2. Restack materials stored on site weekly.
3. At all times maintain the site in a neat and orderly condition which meets the
approval of the Engineer.
3.02 Final Cleaning
A. Definitions: Unless otherwise specifically specified, "clean" for the purpose of this
Article shall be interpreted as the level of cleanliness generally provided by
commercial building maintenance subcontractors using commercial quality
building maintenance equipment and materials.
B. General: Prior to completion of the Work, remove from the job site all tools,
surplus materials, equipment, scrap, debris and waste. Conduct final progress
cleaning as described in 3.01 above. •
C. Site: Unless otherwise specifically directed by the Engineer, hose down all paved
10/28/2016 G003-109W/TS-01710
01710-3
Cleaning
• areas on the site and all public sidewalks directly adjacent to the site; rake clean
other surfaces of the grounds. Completely remove all resultant debris.
D. Post-Construction Cleanup: All evidence of temporary construction facilities, haul
roads, work areas, structures, foundations of temporary structures, stockpiles of
excess or waste materials, or any other evidence of construction, as directed by the
Engineer.
E. Restoration of Landscape Damage: Any landscape feature damaged by the
Contractor shall be restored as nearly as possible to its original condition at the
Contractor's expense. The Engineer will decide what method of restoration shall be
used.
F. Timing: Schedule final cleaning as approved by the Engineer to enable the Owner
to accept the Project.
3.03 Cleaning During Owner's Occupancy
Should the Owner occupy the Work or any portion thereof prior to its completion by
the Contractor and acceptance by the Owner, responsibilities for interim and final
cleaning of the occupied spaces shall be as determined by the Engineer in
accordance with the Supplementary Conditions of the Contract Documents.
END OF SECTION
10/28/2016 G003-109W/TS-01710
01710-4
Cleaning
•
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
•
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W/TS-01710
Section 01720
• Record Documents
Part 1 General
1.01 Scope
A. The work under this Section includes, but is not necessarily limited to, the
compiling, maintaining, recording and submitting of project record documents as
herein specified.
B. Record documents include, but are not limited to:
1. Drawings;
2. Specifications;
3. Change orders and other modifications to the Contract;
4. Engineer field orders or written instructions, including Requests for
Information (RFI) and Clarification Memorandums;
5. Reviewed shop drawings, product data and samples; and
• 6. Test records.
C. The Contractor shall maintain on the Project site throughout the Contract Time an
up to date set of Record Drawings.
1.02 Maintenance of Documents and Samples
A. Storage
1. Store documents and samples in the Contractor's field office, apart from
documents used for construction.
2. Provide files and racks for storage of documents.
3. Provide locked cabinet or secure storage space for storage of samples.
B. File documents and samples in accordance with format of these Specifications.
C. Maintenance
1. Maintain documents in a clean, dry, legible condition and in good order.
• 2. Do not use record documents for constructionur oses.
p p
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01720
01720-2
Record Documents
3. Maintain at the site for the Owner one copy of all record documents.
D. Make documents and samples available at all times for inspection by Engineer.
E. Failure to maintain the Record Documents in a satisfactory manner may be cause
for withholding of a certificate for payment.
1.03 Quality Assurance
A. Unless noted otherwise, Record Drawings shall provide dimensions, distances and
coordinates to the nearest 0.1 foot.
B. Unless noted otherwise, Record Drawings shall provide elevations to the nearest
0.01 foot for all pertinent items constructed by the Contractor.
1.04 Recording
A. Label each document "Project Record" in neat, large printed letters.
B. Recording
1. Record information concurrently with construction progress. •
2. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded.
1.05 Record Drawings
A. Record Drawings shall be reproducible, shall have a title block indicating that the
drawings are Record Drawings, the name of the company preparing the Record
Drawings, and the date the Record Drawings were prepared.
B. Legibly mark drawings to record actual construction, including:
1. All Construction
a. Changes of dimension and detail.
b. Changes made by Requests for Information (RFI),field order, clarification
memorandums or by change order.
c. Details not on original Drawings.
2. Site Improvements, Including Underground Utilities •
a. Horizontal and vertical locations of all exposed and underground utilities
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01720
01720-3
Record Documents
• and appurtenances, both new facilities constructed and those utilities
encountered, referenced to permanent surface improvements.
b. Location of and dimensions of roadways and parking areas, providing
dimensions to back of curb when present.
c. The locations shall be referenced to at least two easily identifiable,
permanent landmarks (e.g., power poles, valve markers, etc.) or
benchmarks.
d. The Record Drawings shall include all invert elevations, as well as, the
horizontal angle and distance between manhole covers.
3. Structures
a. Depths of various elements of foundation in relation to finish first floor
datum or top of wall.
b. Location of internal and buried utilities and appurtenances concealed in
the construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of the
structure.
• 4. The Record Drawings shall also provide a field run topographic survey of the
waste cell area upon completion of:
a. The base grading and prior to construction of the liner base
b. The liner base installation
c. The sand leachate collection blanket
1.06 Specifications
A. Legibly mark each section to record:
1. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number, and supplier of each product
and item of equipment actually installed.
2. Changes made by Requests for Information (RFI), field order, clarification
memorandums, or by change order.
1.07 Submittal
• A. At contract closeout, deliver original Record Documents and one electronic copy
(pdf files)to the Engineer for the Owner.
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01720
01720-4
Record Documents
B. Accompany submittal with transmittal letter, in duplicate, containing: •
1. Date
2. Project title and number
3. Contractor's name and address
4. Title and number of each record document
5. Signature of Contractor or Contractor's authorized representative
END OF SECTION
•
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01720
Section 01730
• Operating and Maintenance Data
Part 1 General
1.01 Scope
A. The Contractor shall provide five copies of a complete and comprehensive
reference manual (Operating and Maintenance Manual) containing operating and
maintenance data to enable operators and plant engineers to correctly operate,
service and maintain all equipment and accessories covered by the
Specifications and Drawings. The data contained in the manual shall explain and
illustrate clearly and simply all principles and theory of operation, operating
instructions, maintenance procedures, calibration procedures and safety
precautions and procedures for the equipment involved.
B. No separate payment will be made for the Operating and Maintenance Manual
and the cost of said manual shall be included in the Contract Price.
1.02 Submittal Schedule
A. The Contractor shall submit, for the Engineer's approval, two preliminary copies of
the manual with all specified material before the work covered by these Contract
411 Documents is 80 percent complete. The Engineer will notify the Contractor, in
writing, of any deficiencies in the manual and will return one copy of the manual
for completion and/or correction.
B. Before final acceptance, the Contractor shall submit five copies of the revised
manual, complete in detail as specified below.
1.03 Submittal Format
A. Each copy of the manual shall be assembled in one or more loose leaf binders,
each with title page, typed table of contents, typed list of tables, typed list of
figures, and heavy section dividers with reinforced holes and numbered plastic
index tabs. Binders shall be 3-ring, hardback type, with transparent vinyl pocket
front cover suitable for inserting identifying cover and with a transparent vinyl
pocket on the spine for label. All data shall be punched for binding. Composition
and printing shall be arranged so that punching does not obliterate any data. The
cover and binding edge of each manual shall have the project title, specification
section number and title, and manual title printed thereon, all as approved by the
Engineer.
B. All copies of shop drawings, figures and diagrams shall be reduced to either
8-1/2 x 11-inches or to 11-inches in the vertical dimension and as near as
• practical to 17-inches in the horizontal dimensions. Such sheets shall be folded
to 8-1/2 x 11-inches. The manual and other data shall be printed on first quality
10/28/2016 G003-109W\1S-01730
01730-2
Operating and Maintenance Data •
paper (20Ib minimum), 8-1/2 x 11-inch size with standard 3-hole punching.
Binders shall be labeled Vol. 1, Vol. 2, etc., where more than one is required. The
table of contents for the entire set, identified by volume number, shall appear in
each binder. Text, figures and drawings shall be clearly legible and suitable for
dry process reproductions.
C. Each submittal shall have a cover sheet that includes the following information:
1. The date of submittal and the dates of any previous submittals.
2. The Project title.
3. Numerical submittal numbers, starting with 1.90, 2.90, etc. Revisions to
be numbered 1.91, 1.92, etc.
4. The names of:
a. Contractor
b. Supplier
c. Manufacturer
5. Identification of the product, with the Specification section number, •
permanent equipment tag numbers and applicable Drawing No.
D. The Engineer will not recommend final acceptance of the Work until the Operating
and Maintenance Manual is complete and satisfactory to Engineer.
1.04 Contents of Operating and Maintenance Manual
A. Each manual shall include a title page which includes all information specified in
Article 1.03, paragraph C. of this Section. In addition, the title page shall include
manufacturer's address, phone number, facsimile number, and contact;
manufacturer's equipment name and model number; supplier's address, phone
number, facsimile number, and contact.
B. Each manual shall include a table of contents identifying the location of each
item listed below, for each component supplied. For items not applicable to a
component, the table of contents shall list N/A for the page number.
C. For all equipment, the Contractor shall furnish a complete, detailed listing of all
equipment, components and accessories showing component name,
manufacturer, model number and quantity information shall be furnished for
each component as outlined below:
1. Equipment function, normal operating characteristics, performance data •
and limiting conditions.
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01730
01730-3
• Operating and Maintenance Data
2. Detailed disassembly, overhaul and reassembly, installation, alignment,
adjustment and checking instructions.
3. Detailed operating instructions for start-up, calibration, routine and normal
operation, regulation and control, safety, shutdown and emergency
conditions. Detailed list of settings for relays, pressure switches,
temperature switches, level switches, thermostats, alarms, relief valves,
rupture discs, etc.
4. Detailed preventative maintenance procedures and schedules, including
detailed lubrication instructions and schedules, identification of required
lubricants and operating fluids (description, specification and trade name
of at least two manufacturers), and diagrams illustrating lubrication points.
5. Detailed guide to "troubleshooting".
6. Detailed parts lists identified by title, materials of construction,
manufacturer's part number, list of recommended spare parts identified
as specified above, predicted life of parts subject to wear, and an
exploded or concise cut-away view of each equipment assembly.
• 7. Electrical and instrumentation schematics, including motor control
centers, control panels, instrument panels and analyzer panels.
8. List of all special tools supplied and description of their use. Special tools
include any tool not normally available in an industrial hardware or mill
supply house.
9. List of names and addresses of nearest service centers for parts, overhaul
and service.
10. Procedures for storing, handling and disposing of any chemicals or
products used with the equipment or system.
11. The supplier's operation and maintenance information will address the
particular equipment furnished, with specific details on operation and
maintenance practices. General data is not acceptable. Information
contained in the manual which is not acceptable to the Project shall be
marked out and noted as "N/A".
END OF SECTION
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W\1S-01730
01730-4
Operating and Maintenance Data •
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
•
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01730
Section 01740
• Warranties and Bonds
Part 1 General
1.01 Project Maintenance and Warranty
A. Maintain and keep in good repair the Work covered by these Drawings and
Specifications until acceptance by the Owner.
B. The Contractor shall warrant for a period of one year from the date of Owner's
written acceptance of certain segments of the Work and/or Owner's written final
acceptance of the Project, as defined in the Contract Documents, that the
completed Work is free from all defects due to faulty products or workmanship and
the Contractor shall promptly make such corrections as may be necessary by
reason of such defects. The Owner will give notice of observed defects with
reasonable promptness. In the event that the Contractor should fail to make such
repairs, adjustments or other work that may be made necessary by such defects,
the Owner may do so and charge the Contractor the cost thereby incurred. The
Performance Bond shall remain in full force and effect throughout the warranty
period.
C. The Contractor shall not be obligated to make replacements which become
• necessary because of ordinary wear and tear, nor as a result of improper operation
or maintenance, nor as a result of improper work or damage by another Contractor
or the Owner, nor to perform any work which is normally performed by a
maintenance crew during operation.
D. In the event of multiple failures of major consequences prior to the expiration of the
one year warranty described above, the affected unit shall be disassembled,
inspected and modified or replaced as necessary to prevent further occurrences.
All related components which may have been damaged or rendered
non-serviceable as a consequence of the failure shall be replaced. A new 12 month
warranty against defective or deficient design, workmanship, and materials shall
commence on the day that the item is reassembled and placed back into operation.
As used herein, multiple failure shall be interpreted to mean two or more
successive failures of the same kind in the same item or failures of the same kind
in two or more items. Major failures may include, but are not limited to, cracked or
broken housings, piping, or vessels, excessive deflections, bent or broken shafts,
broken or chipped gear teeth, premature bearing failure, excessive wear or
excessive leakage around seals. Failures which are directly and clearly traceable to
operator abuse, such as operations in conflict with published operating procedures
or improper maintenance, such as substitution of unauthorized replacement parts,
use of incorrect lubricants or chemicals, flagrant over-or under-lubrication and using
maintenance procedures not conforming with published maintenance instructions,
• shall be exempted from the scope of the one year warranty. Should multiple
failures occur in a given item, all products of the same size and type shall be
disassembled, inspected, modified or replaced as necessary and rewarranted for
one year.
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01740
01740-2
Warranties and Bonds
Contractor'sexpense, furnish all labor, materials, tools •
E. The Contractor shall, at own a pe se,
and equipment required and shall make such repairs and removals and shall
perform such work or reconstruction as may be made necessary by any structural
or functional defect or failure resulting from neglect, faulty workmanship or faulty
materials, in any part of the Work performed by the Contractor. Such repair shall
also include refilling of trenches, excavations or embankments which show
settlement or erosion after backfilling or placement.
F. Except as noted on the Drawings or as specified, all structures such as
embankments and fences shall be returned to their original condition prior to the
completion of the Contract. Any and all damage to any facility not designated for
removal, resulting from the Contractor's operations, shall be promptly repaired by
the Contractor at no cost to the Owner.
G. The Contractor shall be responsible for all road and entrance reconstruction and
repairs and maintenance of same for a period of one year from the date of final
acceptance. In the event the repairs and maintenance are not made immediately
and it becomes necessary for the owner of the road to make such repairs, the
Contractor shall reimburse the owner of the road for the cost of such repairs.
H. In the event the Contractor fails to proceed to remedy the defects upon notification •
within 15 days of the date of such notice, the Owner reserves the right to cause the
required materials to be procured and the work to be done, as described in the
Drawings and Specifications, and to hold the Contractor and the sureties on
Contractor's bond liable for the cost and expense thereof.
I. Notice to Contractor for repairs and reconstruction will be made in the form of a
registered letter addressed to the Contractor at Contractor's home office.
J. Neither the foregoing paragraphs nor any provision in the Contract Documents, nor
any special guarantee time limit implies any limitation of the Contractor's liability
within the law of the place of construction.
END OF SECTION
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-01740
Section 02010
• Subsurface Conditions
Part 1 General
1.01 Description
A. The Contractor shall visit the site and become acquainted with site conditions.
Prior to bidding, prospective Contractors may make their own site and subsurface
investigations to satisfy themselves with site and subsurface conditions. The
Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining rights of ingress and egress to private
property for site and subsurface investigation and shall assume all responsibility
for any damage to property caused as a result of the Contractor's investigation.
END OF SECTION
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W/TS-02010
02010-2
Subsurface Conditions
•
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
•
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W/TS-02010
Section 02060
1111 Demolition of Existing Facilities
Part 1 General
1.01 Scope
The work in this Section consists of furnishing all material and equipment and
performing all labor necessary for demolishing and disposing of designated
facilities indicated on the Drawings.
1.02 Submittals
The Contractor shall submit a written request, to include a detailed demolition
procedure, to the Owner for approval at least 10 days before demolition is started.
The demolition procedure shall include a detailed description of the methods and
equipment to be used for each operation and the sequence of work. The
demolition procedures shall provide for safe conduct of work, protection of the
property, which is to remain undisturbed and coordination with other work or
operation which may be in progress.
Part 2 Products (Not Used)
• Part 3 Execution
3.01 Demolition
A. All material shall be removed as necessary for construction, or in any event, to
finish grades as shown on the Drawings.
B. Any structure, or part thereof, remaining below grade shall be mechanically
fractured so that subsurface water will freely pass through the slab or floor of the
structure, and so that no void will remain after backfilling the work site to grade as
shown on the Drawings.
C. The Contractor shall be responsible for removing all existing service connections to
the buildings or site and permanently plugging the pipes where required in
accordance with requirements of the utility companies concerned.
D. The Contractor will be responsible for any damage caused to other structures, and
shall be held liable for any and all repairs, replacement of parts or renovations
required to restore any structure, portion of structure, equipment or items, not
intended for demolition. The Contractor shall restore any damaged facilities to their
condition prior to demolition provided the damage was result of the demolition. If
• the Contractor does not repair any such damage immediately, or if the repairs are
not suitable to the Owner, the Owner reserves the right to have such repairs made
by another party and deduct the cost of required repairs from money due
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02060
02060-2
Demolition of Existing Facilities
Contractor. •
E. Dust-tight, weathertight partitions shall be erected to protect existing facilities from
dust and weather while wrecking is in progress and until such time as closures have
been made. Partitions may be constructed of wood and shall have a covering of
tarred roofing felt on the weather side.
F. All salvageable metal materials shall remain the property of the Owner and shall be
cleaned and stored on the Owner's property as directed by the Owner.
3.02 Disposal
A. All materials, which are not delivered to the Owner as specified above, shall
become the property of the Contractor, and shall be demolished, moved or
otherwise disposed of at the option of the Contractor by a method approved by the
Owner.
B. All demolished structures, equipment and materials shall be removed from the
work site by the Contractor.
C. All demolished structures, equipment and materials which are either left in place or
removed to the disposal site shall be in a non-hazardous condition. •
D. Manhole frames and covers to be removed are the property of the Owner and shall
be delivered to a place designated by the Owner.
END OF SECTION
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02060
Section 02125
• Erosion and Sedimentation Control
Part 1 General
1.01 Scope
A. The work specified in this Section consists of providing and maintaining temporary
and permanent erosion and sedimentation controls as shown on the Drawings.
This Section also specifies the subsequent removal of temporary erosion and
sedimentation controls.
B. Temporary and permanent erosion and sedimentation controls include grassing
and mulching of disturbed areas and structural barriers at those locations which
will ensure that erosion during construction will be maintained within acceptable
limits. Acceptable limits are as established by the Georgia Erosion and
Sedimentation Control Act of 1975, as amended, Section 402 of the Federal Clean
Water Act, and applicable codes, ordinances, rules, regulations and laws of local
and municipal authorities having jurisdiction.
C. Land disturbance activity shall not commence until the Land Disturbance Permit
has been issued.
• D. Land disturbance permit(s) for on-site construction shall be obtained and paid for
by the Owner and issued in the name of the Contractor.
E. A Georgia storm water discharge permit for construction activities shall be obtained
and paid for by the Owner and issued in the name of the Contractor.
1.02 Submittals
A. Submit product data in accordance with the requirements of Section 01340 of
these Specifications.
B. Prior to any construction activity, the Contractor shall submit, for the Engineer's
approval, a schedule for the accomplishment of temporary and permanent erosion
and sedimentation control work. No work shall be started until the erosion and
sedimentation control schedule and methods of operation have been approved by
the Engineer.
1.03 Quality Assurance
A. The temporary and permanent erosion and sedimentation control measures shown
on the Drawings are minimum requirements. Any additional erosion and
sedimentation control measures required by the Contractor's means, methods,
• techniques and sequence of operation will be installed by the Contractor at no
additional cost to the Owner.
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02125
02125-2
Erosion and Sedimentation Control
B. Perform all work under this Section in accordance with all pertinent rules and •
regulations including, but not necessarily limited to, those stated in these
Specifications. Where provisions of pertinent rules and regulations conflict with
these Specifications,the more stringent provisions shall govern.
C. Provide all materials and promptly take all actions necessary to achieve effective
erosion and sedimentation control in accordance with the Georgia Erosion and
Sedimentation Control Act of 1975, as amended (OCGA §12-7-1, et. seq.) local
ordinances, other permits, NPDES construction activity permits, local enforcing
agency guidelines and these Specifications.
D. Basic Principles
1. Coordinate the land disturbance activities to fit the topography, soil types
and conditions.
2. Minimize the disturbed area and the duration of exposure to erosive
elements.
3. Provide temporary or permanent stabilization to disturbed areas
immediately after rough grading is complete.
4111
4. Safely convey run-off from the site to a stable outlet to prevent flooding and
damage to downstream facilities resulting from increased runoff from the
site.
5. Retain sediment on-site that was generated on-site.
6. Minimize encroachment upon watercourses.
E. Implementation
1. The Contractor is solely responsible for the control of erosion within the
Project site and the prevention of sedimentation from leaving the Project
site or entering waterways.
2. The Contractor shall install temporary and permanent erosion and
sedimentation controls which will ensure that runoff from the disturbed area
of the Project site shall pass through a filter system before exiting the
Project site.
3. The Contractor shall provide temporary and permanent erosion and
sedimentation control measures to prevent silt and sediment from entering
111
the waterways. The Contractor shall maintain an undisturbed vegetative
buffer a minimum of 25 feet from the top of the bank.
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02125
02125-3
Erosion and Sedimentation Control
•
4. The Contractor shall limit land disturbance activity to those areas shown on
the Drawings.
5. The Contractor shall maintain erosion and sedimentation control measures
within disturbed areas on the entire site at no additional cost to the Owner
until the acceptance of the Project. Maintenance shall include mulching,
re-seeding, clean-out of sediment barriers and sediment ponds,
replacement of washed-out or undermined rip rap and erosion control
materials, to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
6. All fines imposed for improper erosion and sedimentation control shall be
paid by the Contractor.
Part 2 Products
2.01 Sediment Barrier
A. Silt Fence
1. Silt fence fabric shall meet the requirements of Section 881.2.07 of the
• Georgia Department of Transportation Standard Specifications, latest
edition.
2. Woven wire fabric shall meet the requirements of Section 894.2.02 of the
Georgia Department of Transportation Standard Specifications, latest
edition.
3. Type A (NS) silt fence fabric shall be an approved product on the Georgia
DOT Qualified Product List No. 36, latest edition. Type C-System is not
approved for this project.
2.02 Construction Exit Stone
Use sound, tough, durable stone resistant to the action of air and water. Slabby or
shaley pieces will not be acceptable. Aggregate size shall be in accordance with
the National Stone Association Size R-2 (1.5 to 3.5-inch stone).
2.03 Grassing
A. Grassing materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections of the
Georgia Department of Transportation Standard Specifications, latest edition:
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02125
02125-4
Erosion and Sedimentation Control
Material Section •
Topsoil 893.01
Seed and Sod 890
Fertilizer 891.01
Agricultural Lime 882.02
Mulch 893.02
Inoculants 893.04
B. Seed species shall be provided as shown on the Drawings.
C. Mulch Binder: Mulch on slopes exceeding 3 (horizontal)to 1 (vertical)shall be held
in place by the use of a mulch binder, as approved by the Engineer. The mulch
binder shall be non-toxic to plant and animal life and shall be approved by the
Engineer.
D. Water: Water shall be free of excess and harmful chemicals, organisms and
substances which may be harmful to plant growth or obnoxious to traffic. Salt or
brackish water shall not be used. Water shall be furnished by the Owner.
•
Part 3 Execution
3.01 General
A. Temporary and permanent erosion and sedimentation control measures shall
prevent erosion and prevent sediment from exiting the site. If, in the opinion of the
Engineer, the Contractor's temporary erosion and sedimentation control measures
are inadequate, the Contractor shall provide additional maintenance for existing
measures or additional devices to control erosion and sedimentation on the site at
no additional cost to the Owner.
B. All erosion and sedimentation control devices and structures shall be inspected by
the Contractor at least once a week and immediately prior to each rainfall
occurrence. Any device or structure found to be damaged will be repaired or
replaced by the end of the day. Sediment ponds shall be cleaned out prior to the silt
reaching the height or elevation shown on the Drawings.
C. All erosion and sedimentation control measures and devices shall be constructed
and maintained as indicated on the Drawings or specified herein until adequate
permanent disturbed area stabilization has been provided and accepted by the
Engineer. Once adequate permanent stabilization has been provided and accepted •
by the Engineer, all temporary erosion and sedimentation control structures and
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02125
02125-5
Erosion and Sedimentation Control
• devices shall be removed.
3.02 Sediment Control
A. Construction Exit
1. Construction exit(s) shall be placed as shown on the Drawings and as
directed by the Engineer. A construction exit shall be located at any point
traffic will be leaving a disturbed area to a public right-of-way, street, alley,
sidewalk or parking area.
2. Placement of Construction Exit Material: The ground surface upon which the
construction exit material is to be placed shall be prepared to a smooth
condition free from obstructions, depressions or debris. The plastic filter
fabric shall be placed to provide a minimum number of overlaps and a
minimum width of one foot of overlap at each joint. The stone shall be
placed with its top elevation conforming to the surrounding roadway
elevations. The stone shall be dropped no more than three feet during
construction.
3. Construction Exit Maintenance: The Contractor shall regularly maintain the
• exit(s) with the top dressing of stone to prevent tracking or flow of soil onto
public rights-of-way and paved surfaces as directed by the Engineer.
4. Construction Exit Removal: Construction exit(s) shall be removed and
properly disposed of when the disturbed area has been properly stabilized,
the tracking or flow of soil onto public rights-of-way or paved surfaces has
ceased and as directed by the Engineer.
B. Sediment Barriers
1. Sediment barriers shall include, but are not necessarily limited to, silt
fences, hay bales, rock check dams and inlet sediment traps, any device
which prevents sediment from exiting the disturbed area.
2. Silt fences, hay bales and rock check dams shall not be used in any flowing
stream, creek or river.
3. Sediment barriers shall be installed as shown on the Drawings and as
directed by the Engineer.
4. Sediment barriers shall be maintained to ensure the depth of empounded
sediment is no more than one-half of the original height of the barrier or as
• directed by the Engineer. Torn, damaged, destroyed or washed-out barriers
shall be repaired, reinforced or replaced with new material and installed as
shown on the Drawings and as directed by the Engineer.
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02125
02125-6
Erosion and Sedimentation Control
•
5. Sediment Barrier Removal
a. Sediment barrier shall be removed once the disturbed area has been
stabilized with a permanent vegetative cover and the sediment barrier is
no longer required as directed by the Engineer.
b. Accumulated sediment shall be removed from the barrier and spread
over the site.
c. All non-biodegradable parts of the barrier shall be disposed of properly.
The hay bales may be spread evenly across disturbed areas as a
mulching material.
d. The disturbed area created by barrier removal shall be permanently
stabilized.
3.03 Erosion Control
A. Grassing
1. Grassing shall meet the requirements of Section 700 of the Georgia •
Department of Transportation Standard Specifications, latest edition, unless
specified otherwise.
2. Seed rate, fertilization and other requirements shall be provided as shown
on the Drawings.
3. Temporary Stabilization: Temporary stabilization shall be provided as shown
on the Drawings and conforming to these Specifications to control erosion
on the site. Temporary stabilization shall be provided to any area which will
not receive permanent stabilization within the next 14 calendar days.
Partial payment requests may be withheld for those portions of the Project
not complying with this requirement.
4. Permanent Stabilization
a. Permanent stabilization shall be provided as shown on the Drawings and
conforming to these Specifications to control erosion on the site.
Permanent stabilization shall be provided to all areas of land
disturbance within 14 calendar days of the completion of land
disturbance.
b. Where permanent stabilization cannot be immediately established •
because of an inappropriate season, the Contractor shall provide
temporary stabilization. The Contractor shall return to the site at the
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02125
02125-7
Erosion and Sedimentation Control
appropriate season to provide permanent stabilization in areas that
received only temporary stabilization.
3.04 Clean-Up
A. Dispose of all excess erosion and sedimentation control materials in a manner
satisfactory to the Engineer.
B. Final clean-up shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of Section
01710 of these Specifications.
3.05 Closeout
A. Contractor shall provide the Notice of Termination (NOT) for the Georgia storm
water discharge from construction activities permit. The Contractor is responsible
for executing the NOT, getting the Owner to sign, and for submission to EPD along
with all required data. The Contractor shall provide documentation of EPD's
acceptance and approval of the NOT.
END OF SECTION
•
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02125
02125-8
Erosion and Sedimentation Control
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02125
Section 02130
. Vertical Extraction Wells
Part 1 - General
1.01 Description
A. Scope of Work: The CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, equipment, materials, and
appurtenances necessary to drill, install and make ready landfill gas (LFG)
extraction wells and wellheads as specified herein and as indicated on the
Drawings.
B. The perforated pipe, bentonite seals, stone, and soil backfill packs shall be set at
depths shown on the Plans or as designated in the field by the ENGINEER. It is
expected that combustible, asphixiant, and hazardous gases will be venting from
boreholes drilled to install LFG extraction wells. The CONTRACTOR's bid price shall
include provision for all equipment and procedures necessary to safely install wells
under this condition. All work shall be performed by qualified workers in accordance
with the best standards and practices available.
C. CONTRACTOR shall dispose of all construction and drilling waste materials as
directed by the OWNER, at the landfill working face during normal operating hours.
• 1.02 Quality Assurance
A. Referenced Standards:
1. ASTM International (ASTM):
a. C136, Standard Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates
b. C7O2, Standard Practice for Reducing Field Samples of Aggregate to Testing
Size
c. D2487, Standard Test Method for Classification of Soils for Engineering
Purposes
d. D2488, Standard Practice for Description for Soils (Visual-Manual
Procedure)
e. D2922, Standard Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate In-
Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)
f. D4318, Standard Test Method for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity
Index of Soils
• g. D1693 -Test Method for Environmental Stress Cracking of Ethylene Plastics.
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02130
02130-2
Vertical Extraction Wells
h. D2488, Standard Practice for Description and Identification of Soils (Visual •
Manual Procedure).
i. D2513, Thermoplastic Gas Pressure Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings.
j. D2683, Standard Specification for Socket-Type Polyethylene Fittings for
Outside Diameter- Controlled Polyethylene Pipe and Tubing.
k. D3261, Standard Specification for Butt Heat Fusion Polyethylene (PE Plastic
Fittings for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe and Tubing.
I. D335O-Specification for Polyethylene Plastic Pipe and Fittings Material.
m. D421, Standard Practice for Dry Preparation of Soil Samples for Particle-Size
Analysis and Determination of Soil Constants.
n. D422, Standard Test Method for Particle-Size Analysis of Soils.
o. D422O, Standard Practices for Preserving and Transporting Soil Samples.
p. F48O, Standard Specification for Thermoplastic Water Well Casing Pipe and
Couplings Made in Standard Dimension Ratio (SDR).
q. F1248 - Determination of Environmental Stress Crack Resistance (ESCR) of •
Polyethylene Pipe.
B. Qualifications: The driller and installer of the landfill gas extraction wells shall have
completed at least twenty-five successful vertical landfill gas extraction wells of
similar type and depth within the last 5 years.
C. Miscellaneous:
1. Contractor's personnel Health and Safety Plan shall be available for
informational purposes.
2. Retain a professional experienced in installation of LFG wells to be responsible
for observing and documenting information related to all installation activities.
3. Inspect well materials for cleanliness, deformations, and imperfections, and to
ensure conformance with specifications prior to use.
1.03 Submittals
A. The CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit to the ENGINEER, for review and
approval, Certificates of Compliance on materials furnished, and manufacturer's
brochures containing complete information and instructions pertaining to the
storage, handling, installation, and inspection of pipe and appurtenances furnished. •
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02130
02130-3
Vertical Extraction Wells
• B. The CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit to the ENGINEER for review and
approval Shop Drawings showing dimensions, materials, and manufacturer's
information for well backfill materials, pipe, pipe perforations, fittings, bentonite,
and wellhead components.
C. At least one week prior to well drilling, CONTRACTOR shall submit an example well
boring log and construction log. The example log shall be completed with all of the
required descriptions and pertinent information required under Part 3.3 of this
Section.
D. At least two weeks prior to construction, the CONTRACTOR shall provide to the
ENGINEER samples of all well backfill materials, the name of the vendor(s) and
source of materials furnished. OWNER will have the materials tested for
conformance with these specifications prior to construction.
E. At the end of each day, CONTRACTOR shall provide the ENGINEER copies of the
handwritten well boring and completion logs for each well drilled on that day.
Information to be included on the well logs is listed in Part 3.3 of this Section.
F. Final boring logs, based on field information shall be typewritten and submitted with
the Record Documents.
Part 2 - Products
2.01 Materials
A. Well Casing as specified in Section 02700.
B. Well Screen:
1. Same material and dimensions as casing.
2. Slots or perforations shall be as shown on the Drawings.
3. Slots or perforations to be factory installed. No slots or perforations to be
installed in the field.
4. 20 foot lengths, or as needed. Field cutting will be allowed as long as cuts are
clean, perpendicular to the pipe, and do not affect the integrity of the well
screen.
C. HDPE Jointing shall be butt fused per Section 02700.
D. Gravel Filter Pack:
1. Clean washed stone with a maximum of 2% calcium carbonate content. Stone
shall be free of organics, lumps of clay or silt, and other deleterious materials.
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02130
02130-4
Vertical Extraction Wells
2. Stone shall meet the requirements of Group II, Size No. 3 course aggregate as •
defined by GDOT Standard Specification Section 800.
E. Bentonite Seal:
1. Pellet or chip form of sodium bentonite that shall consist of clay greater than
85% sodium montmorillonite, without additives.
2. Bentonite shall be hydrated per manufacturer's instructions prior to backfilling
with soil.
3. Under no circumstances will the use of granular bentonite be permitted.
F. Backfill Material: Soil backfill material shall be granular material free of clay, sticks,
roots organic material from an onsite source.
G. Bottom Cap:
1. Same material as well casing.
2. Perforated.
H. Wellhead and Top Cap materials
1. Wellheads shall be 2-inch diameter Accu-flo wellheads by Landtec as shown on •
the Drawings.
2. Vertical wellhead models shall be used for all wells
3. Top cap shall be standard with appropriately sized adapter and bushing inside of
a Fern-Co coupling. Wellcaps as shown on the Drawings to receive pump fittings
shall be specially custom made flanged models with lever action flange clamps
by QED.
4. Each wellhead shall be equipped with an 8" dial thermometer.
I. Flex Hose:
1. Flex Hose shall be Kanaflex 101 PS flexible hose.
2. Flexible hose shall be installed for connection of new and existing wellheads and
gas extraction risers to the manifold pipe.
3. All flexible hoses shall be chemically compatible with landfill gas.
4. Hose length shall be a minimum of 24 inches with sufficient length to make the
connection without creating a sag in the hose.
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02130
1
02130-5
Vertical Extraction Wells
• J. Hose Clamps:
1. All hose clamps shall have stainless steel band, housing, and screw.
2. Clamps shall be of the worm gear type, shall tighten firmly and evenly without
flattening.
3. Clamps shall be Kanaflex PS Powerlock Clamps.
K. Hose and Tubing:
1. All hose connections shall be quick connect type.
2. Pump hoses shall be Nylon 12 and designed for a maximum pressure of 200
psi. Minimum outside diameter sizes shall be 1-inch for liquid discharge, 1/2-inch
for air and 5/8-inch for exhaust air.
3. Vacuum reference hose and bubbler hose shall be Nylon 12 and have a nominal
outside diameter of 1/4-inch.
L. Well Identification
1. Temporary Identification - Upon completion of well drilling, CONTRACTOR shall
• promptly paint the well identification number on the well casing on two (2) sides
using 2-inch tall stenciled letters and white or yellow paint. Lettering by hand or
by any other means shall not be permitted.
2. Permanent Identification - Upon completion of well installation, CONTRACTOR
shall provide a permanent stainless steel identification plate as defined on the
Drawings.
M. Spare Parts
1. The CONTRACTOR shall supply the following items to the owner upon completion
of well installations:
a. One spare wellhead for every 20 wellheads of each size provided.
Minimum of one for each size provided.
b. 10 feet of spare flexible hose for every spare wellhead provided of each
size. Minimum of 10 feet per size provided.
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02130
02130-6
Vertical Extraction Wells
Part 3 - Execution
3.01 Preparation
A. All materials necessary to complete the installation of the gas extraction well shall
be on-site prior to drilling start-up.
B. Contractor shall follow their Health and Safety Plan at all times.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall survey and stake the well locations prior to drilling. Well
layout surveying shall be done by a Licensed Professional Surveyor. CONTRACTOR
shall notify the ENGINEER of any discrepancies between the elevations shown on
the drawings and actual field measurement elevations, and any other conflicts that
may be evident.
D. CONTRACTOR shall supply surveyed ground elevations at each proposed well
location to ENGINEER so that the design depths may be confirmed at least one
week prior to drilling.
E. Well locations must be approved and may be adjusted by the ENGINEER prior to
beginning drilling.
3.02 Installation •
A. General:
1. All wells will be installed in the general locations shown in the Contract
Drawings. The well schedule shows the estimated design depths of the wells
along with the associated screen lengths. All field changes regarding the
locations, depth, or dimensions specified in the Contract Drawings shall be
approved by the ENGINEER and documented in the record drawings by the
CONTRACTOR.
2. The CONTRACTOR shall provide at all times a thoroughly experienced,
competent driller during all operations at the drill site.
3. The CONTRACTOR must use dry drilling equipment.
B. Well Hole Construction:
1. Drill wells using a minimum 36 in. OD core-grab bucket auger. Alternate drilling
methods must be pre-approved by the Engineer.
2. If a layer of sand is encountered while boring, drilling shall immediately cease
and contact the ENGINEER.
3. All gas extraction well borings shall extend to the depth indicated on the •
Drawings. Under no circumstances, are the drilling depths from the well
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02130
02130-7
Vertical Extraction Wells
• schedule on the Drawings to be exceeded unless approved by the ENGINEER in
writing.
a. Wet Borings:
1) The ENGINEER shall be notified of wet boring conditions.
2) If water is encountered in a boring, the CONTRACTOR may be
directed by the ENGINEER to drill beyond the point at which it
was encountered. If wet conditions remain, at the direction of
the ENGINEER, the boring may be terminated (after driller has
attempted to advance boring for 3 hours) and the length of
perforated pipe adjusted by the ENGINEER. If wet conditions
cease (e.g. due to perched water layer), then drilling will
continue to the design depth.
3) If water is encountered in a boring at a shallow depth, the
ENGINEER may decrease the well depth and length of
perforated pipe, or relocate the well.
b. Abandoned Borings
• 1) If in the opinion of the ENGINEER, the borehole has not reached
a sufficient depth to function as an effective extraction well, the
CONTRACTOR shall abandon this borehole by backfilling it with
cuttings removed during drilling. Soil shall be backfilled and
compacted to ground surface. CONTRACTOR shall supply
additional soil backfill to refill any settlement within the
abandoned borehole, as approved by the OWNER and
ENGINEER.
2) If cuttings are unsuitable as backfill (for example, box springs,
tires, etc.) the CONTRACTOR shall use soil backfill material.
c. As soon as drilling is completed, a safety screen shall be placed over the
top of the bore. This screen shall stay in place until backfilling is within 4
feet of the surface. Safety screen size should be large enough to
accommodate all backfill materials and any tools used during backfill yet
not large enough for any human to accidentally fall through.
d. All bore holes that are not completed at the end of the day are to be
covered with a metal well cover capable of preventing any persons from
falling into the hole. The hole must then be covered with a piece of
plywood to substantially cover the entire hole. Soil must be placed on top
of the plywood to completely cover the plywood to further prevent gas
• emissions. Substitute safety measure may be used if approved by the
ENGINEER.
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02130
02130-8
Vertical Extraction Wells
C. Well Installation: 111
1. Measure depth of boring. The bore for the well shall be straight and the well pipe
shall be installed in the center of the borehole.
2. Connect the well screen and a sufficient length of well casing including bottom
plug or cap.
3. Place 12 inches of gravel filter pack in the bottom of the boring prior to installing
well casing.
4. Lower screen into the well with the casing. In no instance, drive or force into
position. The CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary precautions to maintain the
well pipe vertically plumb during the entire backfill operation of the borehole to
the satisfaction of the ENGINEER.
5. If the pipe is installed out of plumb, as determined by the ENGINEER, the
CONTRACTOR, at his own expense shall correct the alignment.
6. Join screen and riser sections for a single interval by butt fusion methods per
Section 02700.
7. Assure joint(s) are straight and retain 100 percent of the screen casing strength. •
All non-perforated HDPE pipes shall be pressure tested after fusion for leaks.
The standard pressure test shall be in accordance with Section 02601.
8. Extend casing to 3 feet above final cover surface elevation.
9. At the end of each day, CONTRACTOR shall cap the ends of all joined pipes
longer than 20 feet to prevent entry by animals and debris.
1O.Continue placement of gravel filter pack into the annulus between the well
screen and the borehole wall until the filter pack is approximately 12 inches
above the top of the well screen. All filter pack materials shall be placed by
methods approved by ENGINEER.
11.Take periodic depth soundings to monitor the level of the filter pack and detect
any bridging. Soundings shall be taken at no more than 5-foot intervals.
12.Place 10 OZ non-woven geotextile or approved equal on top of the gravel filter.
13.After ensuring that the casing is centered in the borehole, place 2 foot minimum
bentonite seal on the geotextile in maximum 6-inch lifts.
a. Hydrate bentonite chips/pellet in the bore hole per supplier's
recommendations for a minimum 1 hour after placement and prior to
installing clean backfill. •
b. Measure depth of bentonite seal after tamping each lift.
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02130
02130-9
• Vertical Extraction Wells
14.Fill the remainder of the bore hole to grade with clean backfill by means pre-
approved by the ENGINEER in maximum 18-inch lifts.
a. Soil backfill shall be rodded in the boring to provide even distribution and
compaction.
15.The grate over the borehole that is used to keep the well casing plumb shall not
be removed until the borehole is backfilled to within 1 foot of ground surface.
16.Collect and clean up drilling debris, cuttings around the work areas. Dispose in
active landfill as directed by the ENGINEER.
D. Refuse Disposal:
1. Contractor shall dispose of waste at the working face of the landfill at the end of
each working day. The OWNER will not charge CONTRACTOR a tipping fee, but
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all other costs. Excavated refuse must be
removed immediately during any rain event to prevent stormwater from
contacting the refuse. Contractor may containerize waste and tarp over night.
E. Temporary Cap:
• 1. The CONTRACTOR shall temporarily cap the riser pipe of the vertical extraction
well immediately after well pipe installation to prevent venting of LFG into the
atmosphere. The CONTRACTOR shall remove this cap during the installation of
the wellheads. Lag screws may be necessary to secure the cap due to the
internal gas pressure within the well.
F. Wellhead Installation:
1. Wellheads shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations. Pipe sections of the wellhead shall be air-tight. Any leaks
shall be repaired by CONTRACTOR at no additional cost to the OWNER.
2. Install flexible hose so that hose has no sags, as show on the Drawings.
However, flexible hose shall not be taught. Provide enough slack to
accommodate minor pipe settlement, as approved by the ENGINEER.
3. Wellhead to lateral connection shall be made with a 2 inch flexible hose
fastened with pipe clamps on both ends.
3.03 Field Quality Control
Submit the following to the Engineer after each day's work.
A. Project Record Documents:
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02130
02130- 10
Vertical Extraction Wells •
1. Daily driller's report: During the drilling of the well, maintain daily driller's report
that includes:
a. The number of feet drilled.
b. The number of hours on the job.
c. Names of contract personnel on the job.
d. Down time due to breakdown.
e. The foot of casing set.
f. Other pertinent data as may be requested by the Engineer.
2. Driller's log: During the drilling of the well, prepare and maintain a complete log
that includes:
a. The reference point for all depth measurements.
b. The depth at which each soil to refuse change occurs.
c. The thickness of each soil or refuse stratum. .
d. The depth at which the leachate is encountered, if applicable.
e. Depth to refuse and depth of undisturbed soil.
f. Visual description of refuse at 5-foot intervals:
1) Type of waste encountered including the estimated percentage
of the following components (by volume) on visual inspection:
a) Plastic/Cardboard
b) Plastic
c) Yard waste
d) Construction debris
e) Textiles
f) Tires
g) Sludge •
h) Dirt
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02130
02130- 11
Vertical Extraction Wells
• 2) Temperature of excavated refuse.
g. Depth of location of any lost drilling material, tools, or any other unusual
occurrences.
h. The total depth of completed extraction well.
i. The total depth of boring.
j. Well screen interval.
k. Solid pipe casing interval.
I. Length of above ground riser stick-up pipe.
m. Gravel filter pack depth interval.
n. Bentonite seal depth interval.
3. Typed final copies of the well logs shall be submitted with the Record Drawings.
Handwritten logs will not be acceptable for submittal with the Record Drawings.
END OF SECTION
1111
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02130
02130- 12
Vertical Extraction Wells
•
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
1110
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02130
Section 02135
• Horizontal Gas Extraction Wells
Part 1 - General
1.01 Description
A. Scope of Work: The CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, equipment, materials,
and appurtenances necessary to excavate, install and make ready landfill gas
(LFG) extraction trenches, dewatering sumps and wellheads as specified herein
and as indicated on the Drawings.
B. The perforated pipe, bentonite seals, stone, impermeable liner and soil backfill
packs shall be set at depths shown on the Plans or as designated in the field by
the ENGINEER. It is expected that combustible, asphixiant, and hazardous gases
will be venting from trenches excavated to install LFG extraction trenches. The
CONTRACTOR's bid price shall include provision for all equipment and procedures
necessary to safely install wells under this condition. All work shall be performed
by qualified workers in accordance with the best standards and practices
available.
C. CONTRACTOR shall dispose of all construction and trenching waste materials as
directed by the OWNER, at the landfill working face during normal operating
hours.
• 1.02 Quality Assurance
A. Referenced Standards:
1. ASTM International (ASTM):
a. C136, Standard Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates
b. C7O2, Standard Practice for Reducing Field Samples of Aggregate to
Testing Size
c. D2487, Standard Test Method for Classification of Soils for Engineering
Purposes
d. D2487, Standard Practice for Description for Soils (Visual-Manual
Procedure)
e. D2922, Standard Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate In-
Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)
f. D4318, Standard Test Method for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity
Index of Soils
• g. D1693 - Test Method for Environmental Stress Cracking of Ethylene
Plastics.
04/20/2017 G003-109W/TS-02135
02135-2
Horizontal Gas Extraction Wells
h. D2488, Standard Practice for Description and Identification of Soils (Visual •
Manual Procedure).
i. D2513, Thermoplastic Gas Pressure Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings.
j. D2683, Standard Specification for Socket-Type Polyethylene Fittings for
Outside Diameter- Controlled Polyethylene Pipe and Tubing.
k. D3261, Standard Specification for Butt Heat Fusion Polyethylene (PE
Plastic Fittings for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe and Tubing.
I. D335O -Specification for Polyethylene Plastic Pipe and Fittings Material.
m. D421, Standard Practice for Dry Preparation of Soil Samples for Particle-
Size Analysis and Determination of Soil Constants.
n. D422, Standard Test Method for Particle-Size Analysis of Soils.
o. D422O, Standard Practices for Preserving and Transporting Soil Samples.
p. F48O, Standard Specification for Thermoplastic Water Well Casing Pipe
and Couplings Made in Standard Dimension Ratio (SDR).
q. F1248 - Determination of Environmental Stress Crack Resistance (ESCR) 1111
of Polyethylene Pipe.
B. Qualifications:
1. The driller and installer of the landfill gas extraction trenches shall have
completed at least five hundred linear feet of successful horizontal landfill gas
extraction trenches of similar type and depth within the last 5 years.
C. Miscellaneous:
1. Contractor's personnel Health and Safety Plan shall be available for
informational purposes.
2. Retain a professional experienced in installation of LFG trenches to be
responsible for observing and documenting information related to all
installation activities.
3. Inspect trench materials for cleanliness, deformations, and imperfections, and
to ensure conformance with specifications prior to use.
1.03 Submittals
A. The CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit to the ENGINEER, for review and •
approval, Certificates of Compliance on materials furnished, and manufacturer's
brochures containing complete information and instructions pertaining to the
04/20/2017 G003-109W/TS-02135
02135-3
Horizontal Gas Extraction Wells
• storage, handling, installation, and inspection of pipe and appurtenances
furnished.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit to the ENGINEER for review and
approval Shop Drawings showing dimensions, materials, and manufacturer's
information for trench backfill materials, pipe, pipe perforations, fittings,
bentonite, dewatering sump components and wellhead components.
C. At least one week prior to trench installation, CONTRACTOR shall submit an
example well trench log and construction log. The example log shall be completed
with all of the required descriptions and pertinent information required under Part
3.03 of this Section.
D. At least two weeks prior to construction, the CONTRACTOR shall provide to the
ENGINEER samples of all trench backfill materials, the name of the vendor(s) and
source of materials furnished. OWNER will have the materials tested for
conformance with these specifications prior to construction.
E. At the end of each day, CONTRACTOR shall provide the ENGINEER copies of the
handwritten trench excavation and completion logs for each trench excavated on
that day. Information to be included on the trench logs is listed in Part 3 of this
Section.
• F. Final trench logs, based on field information shall be typewritten and submitted
with the Record Documents.
Part 2 - Products
2.01 Materials
A. Perforated HDPE Pipe:
1. Shall be as specified in Section 02700
2. Perforations shall be factory installed as shown on the Drawings. No
perforations to be installed in the field.
3. Field cutting will be allowed provided that the cuts are clean, perpendicular to
the pipe, and do not affect the integrity of the extraction trench.
4. Minimum inlet area shall be 4.0 square inches per foot of pipe with holes no
larger than 0.5 inches.
B. HDPE Jointing shall be butt fused per Section 02700 or by slip jointing. Method
of jointing shall be approved by ENGINEER.
•
04/20/2017 G003-109W/TS-02135
02135-4
Horizontal Gas Extraction Wells
C. Gravel Filter Pack: •
1. Clean washed stone with a maximum of 2% calcium carbonate content.
Stone shall be free of organics, lumps of clay or silt, and other deleterious
materials.
2. Stone shall meet the requirements of Group II, Size No. 3 course aggregate as
defined by GDOT Standard Specification Section 800.
D. Backfill Material:
1. Soil backfill material shall be granular material free of clay, sticks, roots
organic material from an onsite source.
E. Bentonite Seal:
1. Pellet or chip form of sodium bentonite that shall consist of clay greater than
85%sodium montmorillonite, without additives.
2. Bentonite shall be hydrated per manufacturer's instructions prior to backfilling
with soil.
3. Under no circumstances will the use of granular bentonite be permitted.
F. Wellhead and Top Cap materials •
1. Wellheads shall be 3-inch diameter Accu-flo wellheads by Landtec.
2. Vertical wellhead models shall be used for all wells
3. Top cap shall be standard with appropriately sized adapter and bushing inside
of a Fern-Co coupling. Wellcaps as shown on the Drawings to receive pump
fittings shall be special custom made flanged models with lever action flange
clamps by QED.
4. Each wellhead shall be equipped with an 8" dial thermometer.
G. Dewatering Sump:
1. Bottom Cap shall be same material as well sump.
2. Riser: Solid pipe.
3. Sump: Perforated pipe.
1
1 •
04/20/2017 G003-109W/TS-02135
02135-5
Horizontal Gas Extraction Wells
• H. Well Identification:
1. Temporary Identification - Upon completion of well drilling, CONTRACTOR shall
promptly paint the well identification number on the well casing on three (3)
sides using 2-inch tall stenciled letters and white or yellow paint. Lettering by
hand or by any other means shall not be permitted.
2. Permanent Identification - Upon completion of well installation, CONTRACTOR
shall provide a permanent stainless steel identification plate as defined on
the Drawings.
I. Flex Hose:
1. Flex Hose shall be Kanaflex 101 PS flexible hose.
2. Flexible hose shall be installed for connection of new and existing wellheads
and gas extraction risers to the manifold pipe.
3. All flexible hoses shall be chemically compatible with landfill gas.
4. Hose length shall be a minimum of 24 inches with sufficient length to make
the connection without creating a sag in the hose.
• J. Hose Clamps:
1. All hose clamps shall have stainless steel band, housing, and screw.
2. Clamps shall be of the worm gear type, shall tighten firmly and evenly without
flattening.
3. Clamps shall be Kanaflex PS Powerlock Clamps.
K. Spare Parts
1. The CONTRACTOR shall supply the following items to the owner upon
completion of well installations:
a. One spare wellhead for every 20 wellheads of each size provided.
Minimum of one for each size provided.
b. 10 feet of spare flexible hose for every spare wellhead provided of
each size. Minimum of 10 feet per size provided.
Part 3 - Execution
3.01 Preparation
A. All materials necessary to complete the installation of the gas extraction trench
shall be on-site prior to drilling start-up.
04/20/2017 G003-109W/TS-02135
02135 -6
Horizontal Gas Extraction Wells
B. Contractor shall follow their Health and Safety Plan at all times. •
C. The CONTRACTOR shall survey and stake the trench locations prior to excavation.
Well layout surveying shall be done by a Licensed Professional Surveyor.
CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER of any discrepancies between the
elevations shown on the drawings and actual field measurement elevations, and
any other conflicts that may be evident.
D. CONTRACTOR shall supply surveyed ground elevations to ENGINEER so that the
design depths may be confirmed at least one week prior to trenching.
E. Well locations must be approved and may be adjusted by the ENGINEER prior to
beginning excavation.
3.02 Installation
A. General:
1. All trenches will be installed in the general locations shown in the Drawings.
The well schedule shows the estimated design depths and length of the
trenches. All field changes regarding the locations, depth, or dimensions
specified in the Drawings shall be approved by the ENGINEER and
documented in the record drawings by the CONTRACTOR.
2. The CONTRACTOR shall provide at all times a thoroughly experienced, •
competent excavator during all operations at the trench site.
3. The CONTRACTOR shall excavate trenches for horizontal wells in accordance
with Section 02221.
4. The CONTRACTOR shall cover all excavations at the end of each day and
remove excavated materials to dispose site at end of each working day or
cover adequately to prevent odors.
B. Trench Riser:
1. Install trench risers as shown on the Construction Drawings. Orientation of
lateral connection and valve shall be in the direction shown on the
Construction Drawings or as approved by the ENGINEER. All joints and fittings
in the riser assembly shall be airtight.
C. Dewatering Sump:
1. Install dewatering sumps as shown on the Construction Drawings. Orientation
of lateral connection and valve shall be in the direction shown on the
Construction Drawings or as approved by the ENGINEER. Orientation of airline
connection, valving, regulator and other dewatering pump appurtenances
04/20/2017 G003-109W/TS-02135
02135-7
Horizontal Gas Extraction Wells
• shall be in the direction shown on the Construction Drawings or as approved
by the ENGINEER. All joints and fittings in the riser assembly shall be airtight.
D. Trench Construction:
1. All gas extraction trenches shall extend to the depth, length and slope
indicated on the Drawings. Under no circumstances, are the excavation
depths or lengths from the well schedule on the Drawings to be exceeded
unless approved by the ENGINEER in advance.
a. Wet Trenches:
1) The ENGINEER shall be notified of wet trenching conditions.
2) If water is encountered in a trench, the CONTRACTOR may be
directed by the ENGINEER to excavate beyond the point at
which it was encountered. If wet conditions remain, at the
direction of the ENGINEER, the excavation may be terminated
(after excavator has attempted to advance trenching for 3
hours) and the length of perforated pipe adjusted by the
ENGINEER. If wet conditions cease (e.g. due to perched water
layer), then excavation will continue to the design depth and
• length.
3) If water is encountered in a trench at a shallow depth, the
ENGINEER may decrease the trench depth and length of
perforated pipe, or relocate the trench.
b. Abandoned Trenches
1) If in the opinion of the ENGINEER, the trench has not reached
a sufficient depth, length and slope to function as an effective
extraction well, the CONTRACTOR shall abandon this trench by
backfilling it with cuttings removed during excavation. Soil
shall be backfilled and compacted to ground surface.
CONTRACTOR shall supply additional soil backfill to refill any
settlement within the abandoned trench, as approved by the
OWNER and ENGINEER.
2) If excavated material is unsuitable as backfill (for example,
box springs, tires, etc.) the CONTRACTOR shall use soil backfill
material.
3) Compensation for abandoned trenches shall be at the unit
price for trench refusal as listed in the bid sheet.
• c. All trenches that are not completed at the end of the day are to be
covered with plywood or metal plates as required to span the width of
04/20/2017 G003-109W/TS-02135
02135-8
Horizontal Gas Extraction Wells
the trench and provide adequate overlap. Soil must be placed on top of •
the plywood or metal cover to completely cover the plates and further
prevent gas emissions. Substitute safety measure may be used if
approved by the ENGINEER.
E. Trench and Dewatering Sump Installation:
1. Measure depth of trench. The depth for the trench shall be sloped as
indicated on the Construction Drawings unless otherwise approved by the
Engineer. All trench pipes shall be installed in the center of the trench.
2. Measure depth and width of excavation or diameter of borehole for
dewatering sump.
3. Place 12 inches of hard durable non-calcareous rock (gravel backfill) in the
bottom of the excavation or borehole.
4. Connect the perforated or slotted sump pipe and a sufficient length of well
casing including bottom plug or cap.
5. Install dewatering sump ensuring that it is centered and plumb inside the
sump excavation or borehole. If the sump is installed outside center and/or
plumb, as determined by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR, at his own
expense shall correct the alignment. •
6. Connect the trench pipe to the dewatering sump with slip joint or by butt
fusion methods per ASTM D3261 for HDPE. Use of slip joint or butt fusion
method shall maintain 100 percent of the perforation or slot pattern of the
trench pipe.
7. Place 12 inches of hard durable non-calcareous rock (gravel backfill) in the
bottom of the trench prior to installing trench pipe.
8. Lower pipe into the trench. In no instance, shall it be driven or forced into
position. The CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary precautions to maintain
the trench pipe slope during the entire backfill operation of the trench to the
satisfaction of the ENGINEER.
9. If the pipe is installed outside of the specified slope, as determined by the
ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR, at his own expense shall correct the alignment.
10.Join pipe sections for a single interval by butt fusion methods per ASTM
D3261 for HDPE or by slip jointing as shown on the Construction Drawings.
11.Assure joint(s) are straight and retain 100 percent of the perforation or slot
pattern. All non-perforated HDPE pipes shall be pressure tested after fusion
for leaks. The standard pressure test shall be in accordance with Section •
02601.
04/20/2017 G003-109W/TS-02135
02135-9
Horizontal Gas Extraction Wells
• 12.Extend casing to 3 feet above final cover surface elevation or elevation
established by the ENGINEER.
13.At the end of each day, CONTRACTOR shall cap the ends of all joined pipes
longer than 20 feet to prevent entry by animals and debris.
14.Continue placement of non-calcareous rock (gravel backfill) into the annulus
between the pipe and the trench wall until the gravel backfill is approximately
24 inches above the top of the pipe. All gravel backfill materials shall be
placed by methods approved by ENGINEER.
15.Place 10 OZ non-woven geotextile or approved equal on top of the gravel
backfill.
16.After ensuring that the pipe is centered in the trench and the dewatering
sump is centered and plumb, place a minimum 2 foot thick bentonite seal
upstream of the connection of the solid pipe and perforated or slotted pipe.
Install bentonite seal in 6-Inch (maximum) lifts.
a. Hydrate bentonite chips/pellet in the trench per supplier's
recommendations for a minimum 1 hour after placement and prior to
installing backfill.
• b. Bentonite seal shall extend from the bottom of the trench to the top of
the soil cover or finished grade as indicated on the Construction
Drawings.
17.Fill the area of the trench between the top of the geotextile and the bottom of
the soil cover with recompacted waste by means pre-approved by the
ENGINEER in maximum 12-inch lifts. Recompacted waste material for used
as backfill shall be approved by the ENGINEER prior to placement.
18.Fill the area of the trench between the top of recompacted waste and top of
soil cover with clean backfill by means pre-approved by the ENGINEER in
maximum 12-inch lifts.
19.The grate over the dewatering sump that is used to keep the sump and casing
plumb shall not be removed until the borehole or excavation is backfilled to
within 1 foot of ground surface.
2O.Collect and clean up drilling debris, cuttings around the work areas. Dispose
in active landfill as directed by the ENGINEER.
D. Refuse Disposal:
1. Contractor shall dispose of waste at the working face of the landfill at the end
1111 of each working day. The OWNER will not charge CONTRACTOR a tipping fee,
but CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all other costs. Excavated refuse
must be removed immediately during any rain event to prevent stormwater
04/20/2017 G003-109W/TS-02135
02135- 10
Horizontal Gas Extraction Wells
from contacting the refuse. Contractor may containerize waste and tarp over
night.
E. Temporary Cap:
1. The CONTRACTOR shall temporarily cap the riser pipe of the dewatering sump
immediately after pipe installation to prevent venting of LFG into the
atmosphere. The CONTRACTOR shall remove this cap during the installation of
the dewatering pump and appurtenances. Lag screws may be necessary to
secure the cap due to the internal gas pressure within the well.
F. Wellhead Installation:
1. Wellheads shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations. Pipe sections of the wellhead shall be air-tight. Any leaks
shall be repaired by CONTRACTOR at no additional cost to the OWNER.
2. Install flexible hose so that hose has no sags, as shown on the Construction
Drawings. However, flexible hose shall not be taught. Provide enough slack to
accommodate minor pipe settlement, as approved by the ENGINEER.
3.
Wellhead to
lateral connection shall be made with a 2 inch flexible hose
fastened with 300 stainless steel pipe clamps (or equal).
Quality 3.03 Field ualit Control 41/
Submit the following to the Engineer after each day's work.
A. Project Record Documents:
1. Daily excavation report: During the excavation of the well, maintain daily
excavation report that includes:
a. The number of feet excavated.
b. Depth of excavation taken every 10 linear feet.
c. The number of hours on the job.
d. Names of contract personnel on the job.
e. Down time due to breakdown.
f. The linear feet of piping set.
g. Other pertinent data as may be requested by the Engineer.
2. Excavation log: During excavation of the well, prepare and maintain a •
complete log that includes:
04/20/2017 G003-109W/TS-02135
02135 - 11
Horizontal Gas Extraction Wells
illa. The reference point for all depth measurements.
b. The depth at which each soil to refuse change occurs.
c. The thickness of each soil or refuse stratum.
d. The depth at which the leachate is encountered, if applicable.
e. Depth to refuse and depth of undisturbed soil.
f. Visual description of refuse at 5-foot horizontal intervals:
1) Type of waste encountered including the estimated
percentage of the following components (by volume) on visual
inspection:
a) Plastic/Cardboard
b) Plastic
c) Yard waste
d) Construction debris
e) Textiles
f) Tires
g) Sludge
. h) Dirt
2) Temperature of excavated refuse.
g. Depth of location of any lost excavation material, tools, or any other
unusual occurrences.
h. The total length of completed extraction well.
i. The total depth of excavation at 10 foot intervals.
j. Sump perforation or slotted interval.
k. Solid pipe casing interval.
I. Length of above ground riser stick-up pipe.
m. Gravel filter pack thickness taken at 10 foot intervals.
n. Bentonite seal location, thickness and depth interval.
3. Typed final copies of the well logs shall be submitted with the Record
Drawings. Handwritten logs will not be acceptable for submittal with the
Record Drawings.
• END OF SECTION
04/20/2017 G003-109W/TS-02135
02135 - 12
Horizontal Gas Extraction Wells
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
•
•
04/20/2017 G003-109W/TS-02135
Section 02140
• Dewatering
Part 1 General
1.01 Scope
A. This Section shall apply to all excavation, except trench excavation.
B. Construct all permanent work in areas free from water. Design, construct and
maintain all wells, pumps, vacuum systems, sumps, dikes, levees, cofferdams and
diversion and drainage channels as necessary to maintain the areas free from
water and to protect the areas to be occupied by permanent work from water
damage. Remove temporary works after they have served their purpose.
C. The Contractor shall be responsible for the stability of all temporary and
permanent slopes, grades, foundations, materials and structures during the
course of the Contract. Repair and replace all slopes, grades, foundations,
materials and structures damaged by water, both surface and subsurface, to the
lines, grades and conditions existing prior to the damage, at no additional cost to
the Owner.
Part 2 Products (Not Used)
•
Part 3 Execution
3.01 Care of Water
A. Except where the excavated materials are designated as materials for permanent
work, material from required excavation may be used for dikes, levees, cofferdams
and other temporary backfill.
B. Furnish, install, maintain and operate necessary pumping and other equipment for
dewatering the various parts of the work and for maintaining the foundation and
other parts free from water as required for constructing each part of the work.
C. Install all drainage ditches, sumps and pumps to control excessive seepage on
excavated slopes, to drain isolated zones with perched water tables and to drain
impervious surfaces at final excavation elevation.
D. Dewater by means which will insure dry excavations, preserve final lines and
grades, do not disturb or displace adjacent soil.
E. All pumping and drainage shall be done with no damage to property or structures
• and without interference with the rights of the public, owners of private property,
pedestrians, vehicular traffic or the work of other contractors, and in accordance
with all pertinent laws, ordinances and regulations.
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02140
02140-2
Dewatering
411
F. Do not overload or obstruct existing drainage facilities.
G. After they have served their purpose, remove all temporary protective work at a
satisfactory time and in a satisfactory manner. All diversion channels and other
temporary excavations in areas where the compacted fill or other structures will be
constructed shall be cleaned out, backfilled and processed under the same
Specifications as those governing the compacted fill. Fill or grout all temporary
dewatering wells unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.
H. When the temporary works will not adversely affect any item of permanent work or
the planned usage of the Project, the Contractor may be permitted to leave such
temporary works in place. In such instances, breeching of dikes, levees and
cofferdams may be required.
3.02 Dewatering
A. By the use of well points, pumps, tile drains or other approved methods, the
Contractor shall prevent the accumulation of water in excavated areas. Should
water accumulate, it shall be promptly removed.
B. Excavations shall be continuously dewatered to maintain a ground water level no •
higher than three to four feet below the lowest point in the excavation. Dewatering
systems shall be designed to allow for localized variations in the depth of
excavations required to reach a suitable foundation. Dewatering shall be
accomplished well enough in advance of excavation to ensure that groundwater is
already lowered prior to completing the final excavation to finish subgrade.
C. All destabilized subgrade conditions caused by inadequate or untimely dewatering
operations shall be undercut and backfilled with suitable backfill material at no
additional cost to the Owner.
D. Piezometric observation wells are required to monitor the ground water level to
insure proper dewatering prior to excavation below the static water table. The
number of wells required will vary depending on the size and depth of structures.
END OF SECTION
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02140
Section 02221
• Trenching, Backfilling and Earthwork
Part 1 General
1.01 Scope
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, materials, equipment and
incidentals required to perform all earthwork, excavating, trenching,
backfilling, replacement of cover as specified herein, and indicated for the
purpose of constructing and installing the LFG collection system and associated
facilities required to complete the work.
B. Excavation shall include the removal of any trees, stumps, brush, debris or other
obstacles which may obstruct the work, and the excavation and removal of all
earth, rock, waste or other materials to the extent necessary to install the pipe and
appurtenances in conformance with the lines and grades shown on the Drawings
and as specified.
C. Backfill shall include the refilling and compaction of the fill in the trenches and
excavations up to the surrounding ground surface or road grade at crossing.
D. The pipe zone area of the trench is divided into five specific areas:
• 1. Foundation: The area beneath the bedding, sometimes also referenced to
as trench stabilization.
2. Bedding: The area above the trench bottom (or foundation) and below the
bottom of the barrel of the pipe.
3. Haunching: The area above the bottom of the barrel of the pipe up to a
specified height above the bottom of the barrel of the pipe.
4. Initial Backfill: The area above the haunching material and below a plane
18-inches above the top of the barrel of the pipe.
5. Final Backfill
a. Outside Waste Limits: The area above a plane 18-inches above the top
of the barrel of the pipe.
b. Within Waste Limits: The area above a plane 18-inches above the top
of the barrel of the pipe shall be divided into two segments as follows:
(1) Segment 1 - The area between a plane 18-inches above the top
barrel of the pipe and 24-inches below finished grade.
(2) Segment 2 - The final 24-inches of backfill above Segment 1 to
finished grade.
E. The choice of method, means, techniques and equipment rests with the
10/28/2016 G003-109W/TS-02221
02221- 2
Trenching, Backfilling, and Earthwork
Contractor. The Contractor shall select the method and equipment for trench •
excavation and backfill depending upon the type of material to be excavated and
backfilled, the depth of excavation, the amount of space available for operation of
equipment, storage of excavated material, proximity of man-made improvements
to be protected, available easement or right-of-way and prevailing practice in the
area.
F. The CONTRACTOR shall perform all earthworks so as to minimize the disturbed
area.
1.02 Project Conditions and Safety
A. Existing Features: The Drawings show surface features on the landfill and
certain underground features. This information has been obtained from a
recent topographic survey and existing records. It is not guaranteed to be
correct or complete and is shown for the convenience of the CONTRACTOR.
The CONTRACTOR shall explore ahead of the required excavation to determine
the exact location of all features. They shall be protected from damage by the
CONTRACTOR.
B. Perform all trench excavation and backfilling activities in accordance with the
Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (PL 91-596), as amended. The •
Contractor shall pay particular attention to the Safety and Health Regulations Part
1926, Subpart P "Excavation, Trenching & Shoring" as described in OSHA 2226
and 2004 Georgia Legislative Session House Bill 1300.
1.03 Protection
The CONTRACTOR is solely responsible for protection of the work. Completed
work that is damaged by weather or other means shall be repaired by the
CONTRACTOR at no additional cost to the OWNER. Earthwork that has been
previously accepted may become degraded due to exposure. Work that has
been placed, previously accepted and later becomes degraded or damaged,
shall be repaired or reworked at no additional cost to the OWNER and in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
1.04 Quality Assurance/ Quality Control
A. Density: All references to "maximum dry density" shall mean the maximum dry
density defined by the "Maximum Density-Optimum Moisture Test", ASTM D 698.
Determination of the density of foundation, bedding, haunching, or backfill
materials in place shall meet with the requirements of ASTM D 1556, "Density of
Soil In Place by the Sand Cone Method", ASTM D 2937, "Density of Soil In Place by
the Drive-Cylinder Method" or ASTM D 2922, "Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate In
Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)".
10/28/2016 G003-109W/TS-02221
02221-3
Trenching, Backfilling, and Earthwork
IPB. Materials compliance testing shall be conducted by the Engineer or by an
independent testing laboratory selected by the Owner. Costs of tests performed by
an independent testing laboratory shall be paid for through the appropriate cash
allowance in this contract. The Contractor shall make all necessary excavations
and shall supply any samples of materials necessary for conducting soils tests.
The cost of all retests made necessary by the failure of materials to conform to the
requirements of these Contract Documents shall be paid by the Contractor.
1. Contractor's duties relative to testing include:
a. Notifying laboratory of conditions requiring testing.
b. Coordinating with laboratory for field testing and required observations.
c. Providing representative soil samples to the laboratory for test
purposes.
2. See Paragraph 3.13 of this Section for a listing of all soil material testing
requirements.
Part 2 Products
• 2.01 Bedding, Haunching and Initial Backfill Materials
A. Clean dry sand used for pipe bedding, haunching and initial backfill shall meet the
requirements of the Georgia Department of Transportation Specification 801.2.
B. Crushed stone shall meet the requirements of the Georgia Department of
Transportation Specification 800.2, Group II (quartzite, granite or gneiss). Stone
size shall be No. 57.
2.02 Final Backfill
A. Outside the Waste Limits and Segment 2 of within the Waste Limits: Earth
materials utilized for backfill in these areas shall be suitable materials selected
from materials excavated from the trench (outside the waste limits only). Suitable
materials shall be clean and free of rock larger than 2-inches at its largest
dimension, organics, cinders, stumps, limbs, frozen earth or mud, man-made
wastes and other unsuitable materials. Should the material excavated from the
trench be saturated, the saturated material may be used as earth material,
provided it is allowed to dry properly and it is capable of meeting the specified
compaction requirements. When necessary, earth backfill materials shall be
moistened to facilitate compaction by tamping. If materials excavated from the
trench are not suitable for use as backfill material, provide select material
• conforming to the requirements of this Section from an on-site borrow source at
no additional cost to the Owner.
10/28/2016 G003-109W/TS-02221
02221-4
Trenching, Backfilling, and Earthwork
B. Segment 1 within the Waste Limits: After initial backfill material has beenp laced •
and compacted, backfill Segment 1 with suitable excavated waste material.
Recompacted waste material used as backfill shall be approved by the
ENGINEER prior to placement. Place Segment 1 backfill material in uniform
layers, compacting each layer thoroughly utilizing methods approved by the
ENGINEER. After Segment 1 backfill material has been placed and compacted,
backfill final backfill Segment 2 with suitable earth materials as defined by this
Section.
2.03 Woven Filter Fabric
A. Filter fabric associated with bedding shall be a polypropylene woven fabric. The
fabric shall be a high modulus type with good separation capabilities. The fabric
shall be inert to biological degradation and naturally occurring chemicals, alkalies
and acids.
B. The fabric shall have an equivalent opening size (EOS or AOS) of 20 to 45. The
fabric shall also conform to the minimum property values listed in the following
table:
Fabric Property Unit Test Method Minimum •
Value
Grab Tensile Strength lbs. ASTM D 4632 200
Grab Tensile % ASTM D 4632 30 (max.)
Elongation
Mullen Burst Strength psi ASTM D 3786 400
Trapezoid Tear lbs. ASTM D 4533 75
Strength
Puncture Strength lbs. ASTM D 3787 75
Part 3 Execution
3.01 Trenching Excavation beyond Waste Limits
A. Topsoil and grass shall be stripped a minimum of 6-inches over the trench
excavation site and stockpiled separately from backfill materials.
B. Trenches shall be excavated to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings with
the centerlines of the trenches on the centerlines of the pipes and to the •
dimensions which provide the proper support and protection of the pipe and other
structures and accessories.
10/28/2016 G003-109W/TS-02221
02221-5
Trenching, Backfilling, and Earthwork
III
C. Width
1. The sides of all trenches shall be vertical to a minimum of one foot above the
top of the pipe. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, the maximum
trench width shall be equal to the sum of the outside diameter of the pipe
plus two feet. The minimum trench width shall be that which allows the
proper consolidation of the haunching and initial backfill material.
2. Excavate the top portion of the trench to any width within the construction
easement or right-of-way which will not cause unnecessary damage to
adjoining structures, roadways, pavement, utilities, trees or private property.
Where necessary to accomplish this, provide sheeting and shoring.
3. Where rock is encountered in trenches, excavate to remove boulders and
stones to provide a minimum of 9-inches clearance between the rock and
any part of the pipe barrel or manhole.
4. Wherever the prescribed maximum trench width is exceeded, the Contractor
shall use the next higher class (load factor) of bedding and haunching for the
full trench width as actually cut, at no additional cost to the Owner. The
411excessive trench width may be due to unstable trench walls, inadequate or
improperly placed bracing and sheeting which caused sloughing, accidental
over-excavation, intentional over-excavation necessitated by the size of the
Contractor's tamping and compaction equipment, intentional over-excavation
due to the size of the Contractor's excavation equipment, or other reasons
beyond the control of the Engineer or Owner.
D. Depth
1. The trenches shall be excavated to the required depth or elevation which
allow for the placement of the pipe and bedding to the thickness shown on
the Drawings.
2. Pressure Mains
a. Depth of Trenches: Excavate trenches to provide depths as shown on
the Drawings. The depth of cover shall not exceed that as shown on
the Drawings by more than two feet, without approval of the Engineer.
b. Increase the depth of cover where specifically shown on the Drawings
and where necessary to avoid interference with underground utilities
and obstructions.
111 3. Where rock is encountered in trenches for pipelines, excavate to the
minimum depth which will provide clearance below the pipe barrel of
10/28/2016 G003-109W/TS-02221
02221-6
Trenching, Backfilling, and Earthwork •
8-inches for pipe 21-inches in diameter and smaller and 12-inches for larger
pipe, valves and manholes. Remove boulders and stones to provide a
minimum of 6-inches clearance between the rock and any part of the pipe,
manhole or accessory. When rock is encountered in trenches for electrical
duct banks, excavate to the minimum depth required to construct the duct
banks to the dimensions shown on the Drawings.
E. Excavated Materials
1. Excavated materials shall be placed adjacent to the work to be used for
backfilling as required. Topsoil shall be carefully separated and lastly placed
in its original location.
2. Excavated material shall be placed sufficiently back from the edge of the
excavation to prevent caving of the trench wall, to permit safe access along
the trench and not cause any drainage problems. Excavated material shall
be placed so as not to damage existing landscape features or man-made
improvements.
3.02 Trenching Excavation within Waste Limits
A. In addition to the requirements of paragraph 3.01 of this section the
CONTRACTOR shall meet the following requirements. 110
B. The CONTRACTOR shall not excavate for pipe installation during
inclement weather
C. The existing landfill cover is intermediate cover but may consist of
different soil types to promote vegetation. When excavating the trench,
the CONTRACTOR shall carefully segregate the different soils. If
excavated/segregated soils are determined to be unacceptable by the
ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR may use soils imported from on-site or off-site
sources as approved by the ENGINEER.
D. Depth of trench shall be as indicated on the drawings and as required to
provide minimum pipe slope as indicated on the Drawings. The pipes will
be field-located by the CONTRACTOR with approval of the ENGINEER.
E. Contractor shall dispose of waste at the working face of the landfill at a
minimum of the end of each working day. The OWNER will not charge
CONTRACTOR a tipping fee, but CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all other
costs. Excavated refuse must be removed immediately during any rain event
to prevent stormwater from contacting the refuse. Contractor may
containerize waste and tarp over night. •
3.03 Sheeting Shoring and Bracing
10/28/2016 G003-109W/TS-02221
02221-7
Trenching, Backfilling,and Earthwork
• A. Sheeting,et ng, bracing, and shoring shall be performed in the following instances:
1. Where sloping of the trench walls do not adequately protect persons within
the trench from slides or cave-ins.
2. In caving ground.
3. In wet, saturated, flowing or otherwise unstable materials. The sides of all
trenches and excavations shall be adequately sheeted, braced and shored.
4. Where necessary to prevent damage to adjoining structures, roadways,
pavement, utilities, trees or private properties which are required to remain.
5. Where necessary to maintain the top of the trench within the available
construction easement or right-of-way.
6. Where shown on the Drawings, sheeting shall be steel sheeting.
B. In all cases, excavation protection shall strictly conform to the requirements of the
Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, as amended and 2004 Georgia
• Legislative Session House Bill 1300.
C. Timber: Timber for shoring, sheeting, or bracing shall be sound and free of large or
loose knots and in good, serviceable condition. Size and spacing shall be in
accordance with OSHA regulations.
D. Steel Sheeting and Sheet Piling: Steel sheet piling shall be the continuous
interlock type. The weight, depth and section modulus of the sheet piling shall be
sufficient to restrain the loads of earth pressure and surcharge from live loads.
Procedure for installation and bracing shall be so scheduled and coordinated with
the removal of the earth that the ground under existing structures shall be
protected against lateral movement at all times. The Contractor shall provide
closure and sealing between sheet piling and existing facilities. Sheet piling within
three feet of an existing structure or pipeline shall remain in place, unless
otherwise directed by the Engineer.
E. Trench Shield: A trench shield or box may be used to support the trench walls. The
use of a trench shield does not necessarily preclude the additional use of bracing
and sheeting. When trench shields are used, care must be taken to avoid
disturbing the alignment and grade of the pipe or disrupting the haunching of the
pipe as the shield is moved. When the bottom of the trench shield extends below
the top of the pipe, the trench shield will be raised in 6-inch increments with
• specified backfilling occurring simultaneously. At no time shall the trench shield be
"dragged" with the bottom of the shield extending below the top of the pipe.
10/28/2016 G003-109W/TS-02221
02221-8
Trenching, Backfilling, and Earthwork
F. Remove bracing and sheeting in units when backfill reaches the point necessary to
protect the pipe and adjacent property. Leave sheeting in place when in the
opinion of the Engineer it cannot be safely removed. Cut off any sheeting left in
place at least two feet below the surface.
3.04 Trench Rock Excavation (outside waste limits)
A. Definition of Trench Rock: Any material which cannot be excavated with
conventional excavating equipment, and is removed by drilling and blasting, and
occupies an original volume of at least one-half cubic yard.
B. Blasting: Provide licensed, experienced workmen to perform blasting. Conduct
blasting operations in accordance with all existing ordinances and regulations.
Protect all buildings and structures from the effects of the blast. Repair any
resulting damage. If the Contractor repeatedly uses excessive blasting charges or
blasts in an unsafe or improper manner, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to
employ an independent blasting consultant to supervise the preparation for each
blast and approve the quantity of each charge.
C. Removal of Rock: Dispose of rock off site that is surplus or not suitable for use as
rip rap or backfill.
D. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer and the Owner prior to any blasting. •
Additionally, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer and local fire department
before any charge is set.
E. Following review by the Engineer regarding the proximity of permanent buildings
and structures to the blasting site, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to
employ an independent, qualified specialty sub- contractor, approved by the
Engineer, to monitor the blasting by use of seismograph, identify the areas where
light charges must be used, conduct pre-blast and post-blast inspections of
structures, including photographs or videos, and maintain a detailed written log.
3.05 Dewatering Excavations (outside waste limits)
A. Dewater excavation continuously to maintain a water level two feet below the
bottom of the trench.
B. Control drainage in the vicinity of excavation so the ground surface is properly
pitched to prevent water running into the excavation.
C. There shall be sufficient pumping equipment, in good working order, available at all
times, to remove any water that accumulates in excavations. Where the pipe line
crosses natural drainage channels, the work shall be conducted in such a manner •
that unnecessary damage or delays in the prosecution of the work will be
prevented. Provision shall be made for the satisfactory disposal of surface water to
• 10/28/2016 G003-109W/TS-02221
02221-9
Trenching, Backfilling, and Earthwork
IIIprevent damage to public or private property.
D. In all cases, accumulated water in the trench shall be removed before placing
bedding or haunching, laying pipe, placing concrete or backfilling.
E. Where dewatering is performed by pumping the water from a sump, crushed stone
shall be used as the medium for conducting the water to the sump. Sump depth
shall be at least two feet below the bottom of the trench. Pumping equipment shall
be of sufficient quantity and/or capacity to maintain the water level in the sump
two feet below the bottom of the trench. Pumps shall be a type such that
intermittent flows can be discharged. A standby pump shall be required in the
event the operating pump or pumps clog or otherwise stop operation.
F. Dewater by use of a well point system when pumping from sumps does not lower
the water level two feet below the trench bottom. Where soil conditions dictate,
the Contractor shall construct well points cased in sand wicks. The casing, 6 to
10-inches in diameter, shall be jetted into the ground, followed by the installation
of the well point, filling casing with sand and withdrawing the casing.
3.06 Trench Foundation and Stabilization
• A. The bottom of the trench shall provide a foundation to support the pipe and its
specified bedding. The trench bottom shall be graded to support the pipe and
bedding uniformly throughout its length and width.
B. If, after dewatering as specified above, the trench bottom is spongy, or if the trench
bottom does not provide firm, stable footing and the material at the bottom of the
trench will still not adequately support the pipe, the trench will be determined to be
unsuitable and the Engineer shall then authorize payment for trench stabilization.
C. Should the undisturbed material encountered at the trench bottom constitute, in
the opinion of the Engineer, an unstable foundation for the pipe, the Contractor
shall be required to remove such unstable material and fill the trench to the proper
subgrade with crushed stone.
D. Where the replacement of unsuitable material with crushed stone does not provide
an adequate trench foundation, the trench bottom shall be excavated to a depth of
at least two feet below the specified trench bottom. Place filter fabric in the
bottom of the trench and support the fabric along the trench walls until the trench
stabilization, bedding, haunching and pipe have been placed at the proper grade.
The ends of the filter fabric shall be overlapped above the pipe.
E. Where trench stabilization is provided, the trench stabilization material shall be
III
compacted to at least 90 percent of the maximum dry density as determined by
the Standard Proctor Method, unless shown or specified otherwise.
10/28/2016 G003-109W/TS-02221
02221- 10
Trenching, Backfilling, and Earthwork
3.07 Bedding and Haunching III
A. Bedding material shall be placed to provide uniform support along the bottom of
the pipe and to place and maintain the pipe at the proper elevation. The initial
layer of bedding placed to receive the pipe shall be brought to the grade and
dimensions indicated on the Drawings, and the pipe shall be placed thereon and
brought to grade by tamping the bedding material or by removal of the slight
excess amount of the bedding material under the pipe. Adjustment to grade line
shall be made by scraping away or filling with bedding material. Wedging or
blocking up of pipe shall not be permitted. Applying pressure to the top of the pipe,
such as with a backhoe bucket, to lower the pipe to the proper elevation or grade
shall not be permitted. Each pipe section shall have a uniform bearing on the
bedding for the length of the pipe. All bedding shall extend the full width of the
trench bottom. Prior to placement of bedding material, the trench bottom shall be
free of any water, loose rocks, boulders or large dirt clods.
B. After the pipe section is properly placed, add the haunching material to the
specified depth. The haunching material shall be shovel sliced, tamped, vigorously
chinked or otherwise consolidated to provide uniform support for the pipe barrel
and to fill completely the voids under the pipe, including the bell hole. Prior to
placement of the haunching material, the bedding shall be clean and free of any
water, loose rocks, boulders or dirt clods.
•
C. Gravity pipe and Landfill Gas Headers/ Laterals: Lay HDPE pipe with bedding as
detailed in item 4 below.
1. Class "A" (Bedding Factor - 2.8): Excavate the bottom of the trench flat at a
minimum depth as shown on the Drawings, below the bottom of the pipe
barrel. Lay pipe to line and grade on concrete block. Place concrete to the
full width of the trench and to a height of one-fourth of the outside diameter
of the pipe above the invert.
2. Class "B" (Bedding Factor - 1.9): Excavate the bottom of the trench flat at a
minimum depth as shown on the Drawings, below the bottom of the pipe
barrel. Place and compact bedding material to the proper grade. Haunching
material shall then be carefully placed by hand and compacted to provide full
support under and up to the centerline of the pipe.
3. Class "C" (Bedding Factor - 1.5): Excavate the bottom of the trench flat at a
minimum depth as shown on the Drawings, below the bottom of the pipe
barrel. Place and compact bedding material to the proper grade. Haunching
material shall then be carefully placed by hand and compacted to provide full
support under and up to a height of one-fourth the outside diameter of the
pipe above the bottom of the pipe barrel.
IIII
4. HDPE Pipe: Excavate the bottom of the trench flat at a minimum depth as
10/28/2016 G003-109W/TS-02221
02221- 11
Trenching, Backfilling, and Earthwork
• shown on the Drawings, below the bottom of the pipe barrel. Place and
compact bedding material to the proper grade. Haunching material shall be
carefully placed by hand and compacted to provide full support under and up
to 6-inches over the top of the pipe.
5. Type 5: Excavate the bottom of the trench flat at a minimum depth as shown
on the Drawings, below the bottom of the pipe barrel. Place and compact
bedding material to the proper grade before installing pipe. After the pipe
has been brought to the proper grade, haunching material shall be carefully
placed by hand and compacted to the top of the pipe.
E. Pressure Mains
Ductile Iron Pipe
a. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or specified, utilize earth
materials for bedding and haunching. Type 2, 3, 4 and 5 bedding shall
be as detailed on the Drawings.
b. Unless specified or shown otherwise, bedding shall meet the
requirements for Type 2 Pipe Bedding. Unless specified or shown
otherwise for restrained joint pipe and fittings, bedding shall meet the
1110 requirements for Type 3 Pipe Bedding.
c. Where the depth of cover over the piping exceeds 9 feet, the pipe
bedding shall meet the requirements of Type 4 Pipe Bedding. Where
the depth of cover over the piping exceeds 14 feet, the pipe bedding
shall meet the requirements of Type 5 Pipe Bedding.
d. Type 4 or Type 5 Pipe Bedding called for on the Drawings, specified or
ordered by the Engineer, shall meet requirements for Type 4 or Type 5
Pipe Bedding, utilizing crushed stone bedding and haunching material.
2. Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe
a. Unless shown otherwise on the Drawings, utilize earth materials for
bedding and haunching.
b. Unless shown otherwise on the Drawings, bedding and haunching shall
meet the requirements for Type 2 Pipe Bedding, as detailed on the
Drawings.
3. Polyethylene Pipe
• a. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, use fine aggregate materials
for bedding and haunching.
10/28/2016 G003-109W/1S-02221
02221- 12
Trenching, Backfilling, and Earthwork
b. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, bedding and haunching shall
meet the requirements for Type 5 pipe bedding as detailed on the
Drawings
D. HDPE Fabricated Structures: Excavate to a minimum of 12-inches below the
planned elevation of the base of the structure. Place and compact crushed stone
bedding material to the required grade before installing the structure.
E. Excessive Width and Depth
1. Gravity Sewers: If the trench is excavated to excess width, provide the
bedding class with the next higher bedding factor. Crushed stone haunching
and initial backfill may be used in lieu of Class "A" bedding, where Class "A"
bedding is necessitated by excessive trench width.
2. Pressure Mains: If the trench is excavated to excess width, provide the next
higher type or class of pipe bedding, but a minimum of Type 4, as detailed on
the Drawings.
3. If the trench is excavated to excessive depth, provide crushed stone to place
the bedding at the proper elevation or grade.
411
F. Compaction: Bedding and haunching materials under pipe, structures and
accessories shall be compacted to a minimum of 90 percent of the maximum dry
density as determined by the Standard Proctor Method, unless shown or specified
otherwise.
3.08 Initial Backfill
A. Initial backfill shall be placed to anchor the pipe, protect the pipe from damage by
subsequent backfill and ensure the uniform distribution of the loads over the top of
the pipe.
B. Place initial backfill material carefully around the pipe in uniform layers to a depth
of at least 18-inches above the pipe barrel. Layer depths shall be a maximum of
6-inches for pipe 18-inches in diameter and smaller and a maximum of 12-inches
for pipe larger than 18-inches in diameter.
C. Backfill on both sides of the pipe simultaneously to prevent side pressures.
D. Compact each layer thoroughly with suitable hand tools or tamping equipment.
E. Initial backfill shall be compacted to a minimum 90 percent of the maximum dry
density, unless shown or specified otherwise. •
10/28/2016 G003-109W/TS-02221
02221- 13
Trenching, Backfilling,and Earthwork
• F. If materials excavated from the trench are not suitable for use as backfill
materials, provide select backfill material conforming to the requirements of this
Section.
3.09 Concrete Encasement for Pipelines
Where concrete encasement is shown on the Drawings for pipelines not under
structures, excavate the trench to provide a minimum of 6-inches clearance from
the bell of the pipe. Lay the pipe to line and grade on concrete blocks. In lieu of
bedding, haunching and initial backfill, place concrete to the full width of the
trench and to a height of not less than 6-inches above the pipe bell. Do not backfill
the trench for a period of at least 24 hours after concrete is placed.
3.10 Final Backfill
A. Backfill carefully to restore the ground surface to its original condition.
B. The top 6-inches shall be topsoil obtained as specified in Article 3.01 of this
Section.
C. Excavated material which is unsuitable for backfilling, and excess material, shall
• be disposed of, at no additional cost to the Owner, in a manner approved by the
Engineer. Surplus soil may be neatly distributed and spread over the site, if
approved by the Engineer. If such spreading is allowed, the site shall be left in a
clean and sightly condition and shall not affect pre-construction drainage patterns.
Surplus rock from the trenching operations shall be removed from the site.
D. If materials excavated from the trench are not suitable for use as backfill
materials, provide select backfill material conforming to the requirements of this
Section.
E. Final Backfill Beyond Waste Limits: After initial backfill material has been placed
and compacted, backfill with final backfill material. Place backfill material in
uniform layers, compacting each layer thoroughly as follows:
1. In 6-inch layers, if using light power tamping equipment, such as a "jumping
jack".
2. In 12-inch layers, if using heavy tamping equipment, such as hammer with
tamping feet.
3. In 24-inch layers, if using a hydra-hammer.
F. Final Backfill Within Waste Limits: After initial backfill material has been placed
and compacted, backfill Segment 1 with suitable excavated waste material.
• Recompacted waste material used as backfill shall be approved by the ENGINEER
prior to placement. Place Segment 1 backfill material in uniform layers,
compacting each layer thoroughly utilizing methods approved by the ENGINEER.
10/28/2016 G003-109W/TS-02221
02221- 14
Trenching, Backfilling, and Earthwork
After Segment 1 backfill material has been placed and compacted, backfill final •
backfill Segment 2 with suitable earth materials as defined by this Section. Place
Segment 2 backfill material in uniform layers, compacting each layer thoroughly as
follows:
1. In 6-inch layers, if using light power tamping equipment, such as a "jumping
jack".
2. In 12-inch layers, if using heavy tamping equipment, such as hammer with
tamping feet.
3. In 24-inch layers, if using a hydra-hammer.
G. Settlement: If trench settles, re-fill and grade the surface to conform to the
adjacent surfaces.
H. Final backfill beyond the waste limits and in Segment 2 within the limits of waste
shall be compacted to a minimum 90 percent of the maximum dry density as
determined by the Standard Proctor Method, unless specified otherwise.
3.11 Backfill Under Roads
Compact backfill underlying pavement and sidewalks, and backfill under dirt and
gravel roads to a minimum 95 percent of the maximum dry density. The top •
12-inches shall be compacted to a minimum of 98 percent of the maximum dry
density.
3.12 Detection Tape
Detection tape shall be installed above all piping. Detection tape shall be buried 4
to 10-inches beneath the ground surface directly over the top of the pipe. Should
detection tape need to be installed deeper, the Contractor shall provide 3-inch
wide tape. In no case shall detection tape be buried greater than 20-inches from
the finished grade surface.
3.13 Testing and Inspection
A. The soil testing will be performed by an independent testing laboratory selected by
the Owner.
B. The soils testing laboratory is responsible for the following:
1. Compaction tests in accordance with Article 1.04 of this Section.
2. Field density tests for each two feet of lift, one test for each 2,000 feet of
pipe installed or more frequently if ordered by the Engineer. •
3. Inspecting and testing stripped site, subgrades and proposed fill materials.
10/28/2016 G003-109W/TS-02221
02221- 15
Trenching, Backfilling, and Earthwork
IIC. The Contractor's duties relative to testing include:
1. Notifying laboratory of conditions requiring testing.
2. Coordinating with laboratory for field testing.
3. Paying costs for additional testing performed beyond the scope of that
required and for re-testing where initial tests reveal non-conformance with
specified requirements.
4. Providing excavation as necessary for laboratory personnel to conduct tests.
D. Inspection
1. Earthwork operations, acceptability of excavated materials for bedding or
backfill, and placing and compaction of bedding and backfill is subject to
inspection by the Engineer.
2. Foundations and shallow spread footing foundations are required to be
inspected by a geotechnical engineer, who shall verify suitable bearing and
construction.
•
E. Comply with applicable codes, ordinances, rules, regulations and laws of local,
municipal, state or federal authorities having jurisdiction.
END OF SECTION
IIII
10/28/2016 G003-109W/TS-02221
02221- 16
Trenching, Backfilling, and Earthwork
•
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
•
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W/TS-02221
Section 02601
III Testing Landfill Piped Systems
Part 1 General
1.01 Scope
A. This Section covers the requirements for Contractor's testing gravity, vacuum and
pressure piping systems not specified under other sections.
B. Tests shall be performed on, but not limited to, the following:
1. Gravity Sewer Pipes
2. Pressure Mains (Containment pipe and carrier pipe in dual contained
systems)
3. Compressed Air Pipes
4. All Perforated and Non-Perforated PVC and HDPE Piping Systems
5. All HDPE Structures
IIIC. All tests must be performed by the Contractor in the presence of the Engineer.
D. If the system fails to meet test requirements, the Contractor shall, at Contractor's
expense, determine the source of leakage and make repairs as necessary to
eliminate leakage and retest as directed.
E. All costs for the testing shall be borne by the Contractor.
F. Advise the Engineer at least 48 hours before tests are to be conducted.
Part 2 Products
2.01 Testing Equipment
Equipment to be used in making air or hydrostatic tests shall be specifically
designed for this purpose.
2.02 Miscellaneous
All other equipment not specified herein shall be suited for the intended use.
1111)
10/28/2016 G003-109W\18-02601
02601-2
Testing Landfill Piped Systems
Part 3 Execution •
3.01 General
A. If the specified rate of leakage is exceeded, the Contractor shall locate the points of
excessive leakage and institute appropriate measure of correction, whereupon the
system shall be retested and this procedure continued until test requirements are
met.
B. Unless specified otherwise the following tests shall be performed as directed by
Engineer:
1. Low Pressure Air Testing(ASTM F1417)
a. All gravity, non-perforated leachate piping.
b. All landfill gas headers and laterals.
c. All containment piped systems as directed.
2. Pneumatic Pressure Testing(ASTM F2786)
a. All compressed air supply lines. 1111
3. Hydrostatic Testing(ASTM F2164)
a. All leachate or condensate force main (carrier pipe in dual contained
systems).
b. All other pressure piping systems as directed.
4. Infiltration/ Exfiltration Testing(ASTM F2487)
a. All fabricated HDPE structures.
5. Deflection Test
a. All piping.
C. Clean and test lines before requesting final acceptance. Where any obstruction is
met, clean the lines by means of rods, swabs, or other instruments. For pipes less
than 24-inches in diameter, flush sections thoroughly at flow velocities, greater
than 2.5 feet per second, adequate to remove debris from pipe and valve seats.
For mains 24-inches in diameter and larger, the main shall be carefully swept clean, 1111
and mopped if directed by the Engineer. Partially open valves to allow the water to
flush the valve seat. Partially operate valves to clean out seats.
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02601
02601-3
Testing Landfill Piped Systems
111
D. Commence test procedures when the following conditions have been met.
1. Pipe section to be tested is cleaned in accordance with Section 02700 and
free of dirt, sand or other foreign material.
2. Plug pipe outlets with test plugs. Brace each plug securely to prevent
blowouts. Use concrete thrust blocking if necessary.
3.02 Low Pressure Air Testing
A. Low-pressure air testing of plastic pipe shall be in accordance with ASTM F1417,
latest edition.
B. Provide necessary pipe connections between the section of line being tested and
the compressed air supply, together with test pressure equipment, meters,
pressure gauge, and other equipment, materials, and facilities necessary to
perform the specified tests.
C. Furnish and install bulkheads, flanges, valves, bracing, blocking or other temporary
sectionalizing devices that may be required.
1111 D. Contractor provided testing equipment shall include, but may not be limited to:
1. Polyethylene flange adapter with steel blind flange.
2. Temperature gauge (32°F to 212°F)tapped and threaded into blind flange.
3. Pressure gauge (0 to 15 psig) ASME Standard B40.1 Grade 2A (accuracy of
±0.5% of full scale) with minor graduation marks no greater than 0.1 psig.
Provide verification and results of gauge calibration prior to (less than 60
days) and after project completion.
4. Inlet valve to facilitate compressed air hose.
5. Ball valve to release pipe pressure at test completion.
6. Polyethylene reducers to be used to adapt test flange to size of pipe being
tested.
7. Air compressor shall provide adequate oil-free air supply for testing.
8. Pressurizing equipment shall include a regulator set to avoid over
• pressurizing and damaging an otherwise acceptable section of pipe.
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02601
02601-4
Testing Landfill Piped Systems
F. Pipe segments tested shall include butt fused sections less than 1000 feet in
length. Blind flange with test apparatus shall be installed on one end and a fused
cap or blind flange assembly on the opposite end.
G. Pipe to be tested shall be buried or laid on the ground surface and allowed to reach
ambient temperature before testing. The tests shall be performed during a period
when the pipe segment will be out of direct sunlight to minimize pressure changes
as a result of temperature fluctuations.
H. Procedures:
1. Connect the air hose to the inlet tap and portable air control source. The air
equipment shall consist of necessary valves and pressure gages to control
an oil-free air source and the rate at which air flows into the test section to
enable monitoring of the air pressure within the test section.
2. Add air slowly to the test section until the pressure inside the pipe reaches
4.0 psig.
3. After the pressure of 4.0 psig is obtained, regulate the air supply so that the
pressure is maintained between 3.5 to 4.0 psig for at least 2 min depending
on air/ground temperature conditions. The air temperature should stabilize
in equilibrium with the temperature of the pipe walls. The pressure will •
normally drop slightly until equilibrium is obtained; however, a minimum of
3.5 psig is required.
4. Determine the rate of air loss by the time-pressure drop method.
5. Air is slowly introduced into the section of pipe to be tested, until the air
pressure is raised to approximately 4.0 psi and the test pipe section is
stabilized as in 8.1. Disconnect the air supply and decrease the pressure to
3.5 psi before starting the test. Determine the time required for the pressure
to drop from 3.5 psi to 2.5 psi, and compare this interval to the required
time to decide if the rate of air loss is within the allowable. Minimum holding
times required by pipe diameter are shown in Table 1 and Table 2 of ASTM
F1417.
6. If the pressure drops 1.0 psig before the appropriate time shown in Table 1
has elapsed, the air loss rate shall be considered excessive and the section
of pipe has failed the test. If the line fails the test, segmented testing may be
utilized solely to find the location of leaks. Once leaks are located and
repaired, retest the completed pipe installation to requirements of this test
method.
111
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02601
02601-5
Testing Landfill Piped Systems
• 3.03 Pneumatic Pressure Testing
A. Pneumatic pressure testing of polyethylene pipe shall be in accordance with ASTM
F2786, latest edition.
B. Provide necessary pipe connections between the section of line being tested and
the compressed air supply, together with test pressure equipment, meters,
pressure gauge, and other equipment, materials, and facilities necessary to
perform the specified tests.
C. Furnish and install bulkheads, flanges, valves, bracing, blocking or other temporary
sectionalizing devices that may be required.
D. Contractor provided testing equipment shall include, but may not be limited to:
1. Polyethylene flange adapter with steel blind flange.
2. Infrared temperature gauge accurate to within ±3°C (±5.4°F) that has been
calibrated within 12 months.
3. At least two pressure gauges (0 to 15 psig)ASME Standard B40.1 Grade 2A
• (accuracy of ±0.5% of full scale) with minor graduation marks no greater
than 0.1 psig. Provide verification and results of gauge calibration prior to
(less than 60 days) and after project completion.
4. Inlet valve to facilitate compressed air hose.
5. Ball valve to release pipe pressure at test completion.
6. Polyethylene reducers to be used to adapt test flange to size of pipe being
tested.
7. Air compressor shall provide adequate oil-free air supply for testing.
8. Pressurizing equipment shall include a regulator set to avoid over
pressurizing and damaging an otherwise acceptable section of pipe.
F. Pipe segments tested shall include butt fused sections less than 1000 feet in
length. Blind flange with test apparatus shall be installed on one end and a fused
cap or blind flange assembly on the opposite end.
G. Pipe to be tested shall be buried or laid on the ground surface and allowed to reach
ambient temperature before testing. The tests shall be performed during a period
• when the pipe segment will be out of direct sunlight to minimize pressure changes
as a result of temperature fluctuations.
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02601
02601-6
Testing Landfill Piped Systems
H. Pre-test Procedures: •
1. Determine the maximum test pressure limits based on materials, time and
temperature in accordance with Section 8.2.2 of ASTM F2786. Note that
the temperature reading used for the calculation shall be the surface
temperature of the exposed pipe.
2. If lower pressure rated fittings are valves cannot be isolated from the test
section, the maximum test pressure shall not exceed the pressure rating of
the lowest pressure rated component in the test section.
3. The actual test pressure shall be 1.5 times the normal operating pressure of
the system but no more than the maximum pressure identified in item 1
above.
I. Test Procedures
1. Pressurization occurs in 3 sequential steps: pressurization to 10% of the
leak test pressure, (item 3 below), increasing pressurization to 50% of the
leak test pressure, (item 4), and then increasing pressurization to the leak
test pressure (item 5). Record the time when pressurization starts. Monitor
pressure display equipment during pressurizing. •
2. Pressure monitoring equipment shall display comparable pressure readings.
If different readings are obtained, discontinue the test. Depressurize the test
section per 9.9 of ASTM 2786 and correct pressure display equipment
before restarting the test.
3. Gradually increase the pressure in the test section to 10 percent of the leak
test pressure. Isolate (valve off) or disconnect the test section from filling
and pressurizing equipment. Pressure monitoring equipment shall remain
connected to the test section. Perform leakage examination per item 8.
4. Upon successful examination, re-establish the connection to filling and
pressurizing equipment and gradually increase the pressure in the test
section to 50 percent of the leak test pressure in steps of one tenth (1/10 th)
of the leak test pressure. Isolate (valve off) or disconnect the test section
from filling and pressurizing equipment. Pressure monitoring equipment
shall remain connected to the test section. Perform leakage examination per
items 8 and 9 below.
5. Upon successful examination, re-establish the connection to filling and
pressurizing equipment, and gradually increase the test pressure in steps of
one tenth (1/10 th) of the leak test pressure until the maximum test
pressure is reached. Isolate (valve off) or disconnect the test section from •
filling and pressurizing equipment. Pressure monitoring equipment shall
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02601
02601-7
Testing Landfill Piped Systems
• remain connected to the test section. Perform leakage examination per
items 8 and 9 below.
6. The maximum time to conduct all levels of pressurization and examination
per 9.4 shall not exceed test duration per paragraph H. If the test pressure
cannot be attained, or if it takes an unreasonably long time to reach test
pressure, there may be faults such as excessive leakage, or open valving, or
the pressurizing equipment may be inadequate for the size of the test
section. If such faults exist, discontinue pressurizing, and correct them
before continuing.
7. Monitor pressure display equipment and maintain test pressure for ten (10)
to sixty(60) minutes or for a time period acceptable to the Engineer, but not
exceeding leak test time, T, and leak test pressure, P (T), and test duration
per paragraph H.
8. Leakage examination is conducted for each pressure level step. Where test
section leakage or leakage of test section apparatus or equipment is
discovered by visual inspection or by the inability to maintain test pressure
within 5 % of the test phase pressure for 1 hour, depressurize the test
section and record the time when zero gauge pressure is reached. Effect
repairs as necessary. Leaks and faults shall not be corrected while the test
section is under pressure.
9. Where no leakage is discovered, continue to the next pressure level step
and when all levels have been completed, record the time of test
completion, and depressurize the test section and conclude the test.
10. Retesting after leakage repairs—If leakage is discovered after maximum test
pressure has been reached per item 5, depressurize the test section for leak
repair and remain depressurized for a period of at least 8 hours total
duration. Retest per steps above.
3.04 Hydrostatic Pressure Testing
A. Hydrostatic pressure testing of polyethylene pipe shall be in accordance with ASTM
F2164, latest edition.
B. After the pipe has been laid and backfilled between joints, and before any joints are
covered, unless this requirement is waived by the Engineer, all newly laid pipe,
above ground or below ground, or any isolated section thereof, shall be subjected to
a hydrostatic gage pressure as hereinafter tabulated.
• 1. All piping that will be considered inaccessible or impossible to repair after
the completion of all work, shall be hydrostatically tested while still
accessible.
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02601
02601-8
Testing Landfill Piped Systems
have restraint (backfill, thrust blocks, joint restraints, etc.) in •
2. All piping shalla
place before testing.
B. Tests shall be performed in the presence of the Engineer. The Contractor shall
furnish a pressure gauge for measuring the pressure on the pipeline, shall provide a
corporation cock to attach gauge or pump connection, and shall provide plugs to
seal taps after use in testing, and shall also furnish a suitable pump, pipe,
appliances, and other appurtenances necessary to make these tests.
C. Contractor provided testing equipment shall include, but may not be limited to:
1. Polyethylene flange adapter with steel blind flange.
2. Temperature gauge (32°F to 212°F)tapped and threaded into blind flange.
3. At least two pressure gauges (0 to 15 psig) ASME Standard B40.1 Grade 2A
(accuracy of ±0.5% of full scale) with minor graduation marks no greater
than 0.1 psig. Provide verification and results of gauge calibration prior to
(less than 60 days)
and after project completion.
4. Air release valve to facilitate purging of air within the test section. •
5. Ball valve to release pipe pressure at test completion.
6. Polyethylene reducers to be used to adapt test flange to size of pipe being
tested.
7. Pressurizing equipment shall include a regulator set to avoid over
pressurizing and damaging an otherwise acceptable section of pipe.
8. The Contractor shall furnish all test water.
D. The pressure gauge shall be located at the test section low point. A valved tee, a
gage cock for bleeding, a pressure snubber and a duplicate pressure gage shall be
located at the test point.
E. Pre-test Procedures:
1. The maximum test pressure shall be no more than 1.5 times the system
design pressure.
2. If lower pressure rated fittings are valves cannot be isolated from the test
section, the maximum test pressure shall not exceed the pressure rating of
the lowest pressure rated component in the test section. •
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02601
02601-9
Testing Landfill Piped Systems
• 3. The actual test pressure shall be modified based on temperature of the
system after it is filled with water.
4. Testing duration including time required to pressurize, stabilize, hold test
pressure and depressurize should not exceed 8 hours. If re-testing is
required, the system should be depressurized for a minimum of 8 hours
prior to re-testing.
F. Each section of pipe shall be filled slowly with water and the specified test pressure,
measured at the point of lowest elevation, shall be applied to the pipe in a
satisfactory manner.
G. Before applying the specified test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe.
To accomplish this, taps shall be made, if necessary, at points of highest elevation,
and afterward tightly plugged.
H. Pressurizing—Initial Expansion Phase—When the test section is completely filled and
purged of air, gradually increase pressure in the test section to the required test
pressure.
1. If the test pressure cannot be attained, or if it takes an unreasonably long
• time to reach test pressure, there may be faults such as excessive leakage,
entrapped air, or open valving, or the pressurizing equipment may be
inadequate for the size of the test section. If such faults exist, discontinue
pressurizing, and correct them before continuing.
2. Add make-up water as necessary to maintain maximum test pressure for 4
hours.
I. The test pressure shall be 10 psi lower than the initial expansion phase pressure.
Monitor the pressure for 1 hour and do not increase the pressure or add make-up
water.
J. All exposed pipes, fittings, valves, and joints will be carefully examined during the
test. Any cracked or defective pipes, fittings, or valves, discovered in consequence
of this pressure test shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor with sound
material and the test shall be repeated until satisfactory to the Engineer.
K. If no visual leackage is observed and the pressure during the test phase remains
steady (within 5 % of the test phase pressure) for the 1 hour test period, the tested
section has passed the test.
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02601
02601- 10
Testing Landfill Piped Systems
L. Hydrostatic test pressures shall be as follows: •
System Pressure Test Rating(psi)
Carrier Pressure Piping 40
3.05 Infiltration/ Exfiltration Testing
A. Infiltration/ exfiltration testing of polyethylene pipe and structures shall be in
accordance with ASTM F2487, latest edition.
B. Infiltration Tests: Use only when groundwater is above the invert of the pipe.
1. Conduct testing from manhole to manhole. The length of pipeline tested
shall not exceed 700 ft.
2. Stop all dewatering operations and allow the groundwater to return to its
normal level. Infiltration testing shall not be used unless the groundwater
level is at least 2 feet above the crown of the pipe for the entire length of the
test section.
3. Plug all pipe outlets discharging into the test section. •
4. Measure the groundwater elevation and determine the average head over
the test section.
5. Measure infiltration leakage at the outlet of the test section. Because
leakage allowances are small, measurements are best made by either
timing the filling of a small container of known volume, or by directing flow
into a container for a specified time and measuring the content, or by using
small weirs.
6. If the measured rate of leakage is less than or equal to the allowable
leakage in accordance with item D below, the section of pipeline tested is
acceptable.
7. If the test section fails, the line shall be repaired and retested in accordance
with this practice.
C. Exfiltration Tests: Use only when groundwater is below the invert of the pipe.
1. Conduct testing from manhole to manhole. The length of pipeline tested
shall not exceed 700 ft. •
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02601
02601- 11
Testing Landfill Piped Systems
• 2. Determine the groundwater elevation at both ends of the test section. If the
groundwater level is less than 2 feet above the crown of the pipe measured
from the highest elevation of the pipeline, the exfiltration test shall be used.
3. Plug all pipe outlets discharging into the test section. Fill the pipeline with
water.
4. At the upstream manhole the test head shall be established as minimum of
2 feet above the crown of the pipe, or at least 2 feet above existing
groundwater, whichever is higher.
5. Measure the leakage loss over a timed test period. The minimum test period
shall be 15 minutes and the maximum shall not exceed 24 hours.
6. If the measured rate of leakage is less than or equal to the allowable
leakage, in accordance with item D below, the section of pipeline tested is
acceptable.
7. If the test section fails, the line shall be repaired and retested in accordance
with this practice. The groundwater elevation shall be re-determined prior to
a second test and the test head adjusted, if necessary.
• D. Infiltration/ Exfiltration leakage allowance: Structures shall not leak more than 3%
of the volume of the structure during a 24 hour period.
3.06 Deflection Testing
A. Deflection testing shall be conducted as specifically requested by the Engineer.
B. Test gravity sewer for excessive deflection by passing a mandrel through the pipe.
Deflection of the pipe shall not exceed the following:
Nominal Maximum
Pipe Diameter Allowable
Deflection
< 12-inches 5%
15 to 30-inches 4%
>30-inches 3%
C. The mandrel size shall be based upon the maximum possible inside diameter for
the type of pipe being tested, taking into account the allowable manufacturing
410 tolerances of the pipe. The mandrel shall have an odd number of legs, or vanes,
with a quantity of such equal to or greater than nine. The legs of the mandrel shall
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02601
02601- 12
Testing Landfill Piped Systems
be permanently attached to the mandrel. A mandrel with variable sizes shall not be •
allowed. The mandrel shall be constructed of steel aluminum or other material
approved by the Engineer, and shall have sufficient rigidity so the legs of the
mandrel will not deform when pulling through a pipe. The mandrel dimensions shall
be checked by the Engineer before use by the Contractor.
D. Excavate and install properly any section of pipe not passing this test. Re test until
results are satisfactory.
E. This test shall be performed within the first 30 days of installation and during final
inspection, at the completion of this contract.
•
1111
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02601
02601- 13
Testing Landfill Piped Systems
• ATTACHMENT 1
PE PIPE PRESSURE TEST REPORT FORM
Project Name: Date:
Contractor: Time:
Contractor Representative Performing Tests:
Owner Representative Observing Tests:
Description/ Location of Test Segment: (Pipe Diameter, length, SDR's, etc.)
Location of Pipe Test Segment:
Station from: Station to:
Test Method: Fluid Utilized:
Weather conditions/ambient temperature (°F):
Test Gages Used:
Temperature:
Calculated Maximum Test Pressure:
Test Pressure:
Time/ Pressure Recordings:
Pass/ Fail: Retest (yes/ no)
Description/ Nature of leaks repair of retest segment:
• END OF SECTION
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02601
02601- 14
Testing Landfill Piped Systems
•
PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
•
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02601
Section 02700
• Landfill Piping Systems
Part 1 General
1.01 Scope
This work shall consist of the construction of landfill piping systems in accordance
with these Specifications. Piping systems shall be constructed at locations shown
on the Drawings and in conformity to the lines and grades indicated thereon, or as
directed by the Engineer. The work shall include all necessary excavation and
backfill together with such work and materials as may be necessary to make
connections with other structures as shown on the Drawings.
1.02 Applicable Publications and Standards
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM Publications)
ASTM F 714 Standard Specification for Polyethylene Pipe
ASTM F 3035 Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastic Pipe
ASTM D 3350 Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Pipe and
Fittings Materials
40 ASTM D 2321 Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Flexible
Thermoplastic Sewer Pipe
ASTM D 2774 Standard Practice for Underground Installation of
Thermoplastic Pressure Pipe
ASTM F 2620 Standard Practice for Heat Fusion Joining of Polyethylene
Pipe and Fittings
ASTM D 3261 Standard Specification for Butt Fusion Polyethylene Plastic
Fittings
ASTM F 1055 Standard Specification for Electrofusion Fittings for Outside
Diameter Controlled PE Pipe
1.03 Submittals
Complete shop drawings and engineering data shall be submitted to the Engineer
in accordance with the requirements of Section 01340 of these Specifications.
1.04 Transportation and Handling
•
A. Unloading: Furnish equipment and facilities for unloading, handling, and
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02700
02700-2
Landfill Piping Systems
distributing pipe, fittings, valves and accessories. Make equipment available at all •
times for use in unloading. Do not drop or dump materials. Any materials dropped
or dumped will be subject to rejection without additional justification.
B. Handling: Handle pipe,fittings, valves and accessories carefully to prevent shock or
damage. Handle pipe by rolling on skids, forklift, or front loader. Do not use
material damaged in handling.
1.05 Storage and Protection
A. Store all pipe which cannot be distributed along the route. Make arrangements for
the use of suitable storage areas.
B. Stored materials shall be kept safe from damage. The interior of all pipe, fittings
and other appurtenances shall be kept free from dirt or foreign matter at all times.
Valves shall be drained and stored in a manner that will protect them from damage
by freezing.
C. Pipe shall not be stacked higher than the limits recommended by the manufacturer.
The bottom tier shall be kept off the ground on timbers, rails or concrete.
D. Store joint gaskets in a cool location, out of direct sunlight. Gaskets shall not come •
in contact with petroleum products. Gaskets shall be used on a first-in, first-out
basis.
1.06 Quality Assurance
A. Product manufacturers shall provide the Engineer with written certification that all
products furnished comply with all applicable provisions of these Specifications.
B. If ordered by the Engineer, each pipe manufacturer shall furnish the services of a
competent factory representative to supervise and/or inspect the installation of
pipe. This service will be furnished for a minimum of five days during initial pipe
installation.
Part 2 Products
2.01 High Density Polyethylene Pipe and Fittings
A. Pipe and Fittings Resin: The pipe supplied under this Section shall be high
performance, very high molecular weight, high density polyethylene pipe. The
fittings supplied under this Section shall be manufactured from a polyethylene
compound having a cell classification equal to or exceeding the compound used in
the pipe.
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02700
02700-3
Landfill Piping Systems
• B. Resin physical properties shall be in accordance with the following per ASTM
D3350:
Typical Physical Properties
Property Test Method Unit Value
Density ASTM D1505 g/cm3 >0.947-
0.955
Melt Index ASTM D1238 <0.15
Flexural Modulus ASTM D790 110,000 to
psi <160,000
Tensile Strength at Yield ASTM D638 3,500 to
psi <4,000
Slow crack growth resistance,PENT
molded plaque,80°C,2.4 MPa ASTM F1473 hours 500
Hydrostatic Strength Classification,
hydrostatic design basis(23°C) ASTM D2837 psi 1,600
C,Black with
Color and UV Stabilizer ASTM D3350 2%minimum
• carbon black
Material Designation PPI PE 4710
Recommendation
C. Standards: Polyethylene pipe and fittings shall meet all the requirements of NSF
listed pipe. HDPE pipe and fittings shall meet the requirements of ASTM D 3350.
D. Quality Control: The pipe shall be homogenous throughout and free of visible
cracks, holes, foreign inclusions, or other deleterious defects, and shall be
identifiable in color, density, melt flow and other physical properties throughout.
E. The Engineer requires certification that the pipe produced is represented by the
quality assurance data. Additionally, test results from the manufacturer's testing
which show the pipe does not meet appropriate ASTM standards of manufacturer's
representation, will be cause for rejection of the pipe represented by the testing.
These tests may include density and flow rate measurements from samples taken
at selected locations within the pipe wall and thermal stability determinations
according to ASTM 3350, 10.1.9.
F. The Engineer requires certified lab data from the manufacturer to verify the
physical properties of the materials supplied under this specification and at
Owner's expense may take random samples for testing by an independent
• laboratory.
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02700
L.
02700-4
Landfill Piping Systems
G. Rejection: Polyethylene pipe and fittings which do not meet the requirements of •
this Section shall be rejected.
H. Perforations and slots shall be as detailed, factory machined and trimmed by the
manufacturer or pipe supplier in the shop under controlled conditions. No pipe
perforating or slotting will be allowed in the field. All perforated or slotted pipe shall
be free of trimmings and debris when delivered and prior to installation.
I. HDPE pipe shall be in accordance with ASTM F714 and ASTM F3035, IPS pipe
sized and be provided in accordance with the following schedule:
Description DR Diameter, Minimum Pipe Length
inches
Vertical Gas Extraction Well Piping (Perforated,slotted 11 6 40 Feet,Smooth Wall
and Non-perforated)
Gas Collection Laterals and Header—Solid 17 4,6,8, 10 40 Feet,Smooth Wall
Airline—Solid 9 2 40 Feet,Smooth Wall
Leachate Recirculation Forcemain 11 2 40 Feet,Smooth Wall
Condensate Forcemain—(Carrier Piping) 11 3 40 Feet,Smooth Wall
Condensate Forcemain—(Containment Piping) 11 6 40 Feet,Smooth Wall •
Horizontal Gas Extraction Well—(Perforated,slotted and 11 8 40 Feet,Smooth Wall
Non-perforated)
Leachate Collection(perforated and non-perforated) 11 8 40 Feet,Smooth Wall
J. HDPE Fittings: Polyethylene fittings shall be manufactured from polyethylene
compound having cell classification equal to or exceeding the compound used in
the pipe.
1. All fittings 12 inches and smaller shall be molded and manufactured in
accordance with ASTM D3261, unless otherwise approved by the
ENGINEER. Fabricated fittings must have the same pressure rating as the
pipe; a DR less than the pipe shall be used. Fabricated fittings are to be
manufactured using a Data Logger to record temperature, fusion pressure,
and a graphic representation of the fusion cycle shall be part of the Quality
Control records.
2. Flanges for HDPE pipe shall have stainless steel back-up rings. Flange
gaskets shall be full-face Neoprene.
a. All bolts and nuts shall be made in the U.S.A. Bolts and nuts shall be
threaded in accordance with ANSI/ASME 81.1, Coarse Thread Series, •
Class 2A external and Class 2B internal fit.
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02700
02700-5
Landfill Piping Systems
•
b. All bolts shall be stainless steel machine bolts conforming to ASTM A
193, Grade B8. Nuts shall be heavy hex, stainless steel conforming to
ASTM A 194, Grade 8.
K. Dual contained HDPE piping shall include carrier pipe centralizers at a minimum of
8 feet on center. Dual containment fittings shall be specifically manufactured to
match the pipe sizes and thicknesses used for this project.
L. Couplings: Electrofusion couplings shall conform to ASTM F1055 and be SDR 11
minimum. They shall be Central or approved equal.
2.02 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe and Fittings
A. PVC piping shall conform to ASTM D 1785. The pipe shall be Schedule 80. Pipe
shall be solvent welded per ASTM D 2564.
B. Fittings shall be solvent weld socket type, same schedule as piping, ASTM D 2466
or D 2467. Special adapters shall be provided as recommended by the
manufacturer to adapt the PVC pipe to mechanical jointing with other type pipe,
fittings, or valves.
410 C. Unless specified or shown on the Drawings otherwise, use polyvinyl chloride pipe
for all wetwell and air release valve vents.
2.03 Valves
A. Valve Connections: Provide valves suitable to connect to adjoining piping as
specified below for pipe joints. Use pipe size valves unless noted otherwise on the
Drawings.
1. Threaded: Pipe sizes 2-inches and smaller.
2. Flanged: Pipe sizes 2-1/2 inches and larger.
B. PVC Ball Valves: Ball valves 1/2 to 4-inches shall be constructed of polyvinyl
chloride. The valves shall be true union design and flanged (as shown on the
Drawings), with two-way blocking capability. The valves shall have Teflon seats
backed with viton and the seals shall be viton. The valves shall be rated up to 150
psi at 120 degrees F. The valves shall be manufactured by Asahi/America, Inc. or
Hayward.
C. PVC Gate Valves: PVC gate valves shall be constructed of Type 1, Grade 1 PVC. The
• valve shall have a non-rising stem, come standard with sealed position indicator,
clean-out plug (PP gate style only). Valve shall have flanged end connections
conforming to ANSI B16.1, Class 125. Valves shall be equal to ASAHI/America.
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02700
02700-6
Landfill Piping Systems
rfl •
D. PVC Butterfly Valves: Type 57 Butterfly valves shall be PVC with PVC disc and
either EPDM, Nitrile, or FKM seat &seals. The liner shall be full seat design fully
molded around the body where as only the Disc and Seat are wetted parts and
feature raised convex rings on the face and be utilized as the mating flange
gaskets. Valve shall have spherical disc design for increased CV, high cycle life,
and ultimate sealing. Valve body shall have integral molded body stops and seat
relief area to prevent over-tightening of the mating flanges. Valves shall accept
flat faced flanges in accordance with ANSI B16.5 bolt pattern for 150 lb flanges.
Valve stem shall be 316 SS, have PP stem retainer for valve stem retention, be
non-wetted, and have engagement over the full length of the spherically designed
disc. The valve lever handle (sizes 1-1/2" - 8") shall have a molded provision for
a padlock. Valves sizes 1-1/2" - 14" shall feature a molded ISO bolt pattern for
accessory mounting. Stem extensions, where required, shall be single, or two
piece extension with outer housing 100% sealed either free standing or
supported design. Valves and stems shall be equal to ASAHI/America.
E. Air Release Valves: Air Release Valves shall be equal to flanged A.R.I. Flow Control
Accessories Model D-025. Air release valves in exposed service shall be
constructed with a stainless steel body. Air release valves in manholes shall be
constructed with either a stainless steel or composite plastic material body.
F. PVC Check Valves: All check valves shall be PVC swing check valves. PVC body
shall be per ASTM D1784 and seals shall be viton. Valve shall be flat faced flanged
end type conforming to ANSI B16.5 bolt pattern for 150 lb flanges. Valves shall be
manufactured by Asahi/America, Inc.
G. Plug Valves
1. Plug valves shall be manufactured by DeZurik, Pratt, or Val-Matic. Pipe sizes
2-1/2 inches and larger shall have flange connections.
2. Valves shall be 90 degree turn non-lubricated eccentric type with resilient
faced plugs. Design of the valve shall provide that contact between the seat
and the plug shall only occur in the final degrees of plug movement. Valves
shall be suitable for throttling service and service where valve operation is
infrequent.
3. Valves shall provide drip-tight shut-off up to the full pressure rating with
pressure in either direction. Pressure ratings shall be established by
hydrostatic tests conducted in accordance with ANSI B16.1. Valves shall be
rated ata minimum of 150 psi.
4. Valves 20-inches and smaller shall have a port area equal to at least 80
percent of the full pipe area; port areas of larger valves shall equal or exceed
100 percent of the full pipe area.
5. Bodies shall be cast-iron, conforming to ASTM A 126, Class B (carbon steel •
for 2-inch valves). All exposed nuts, bolts, springs, washers, etc. shall be zinc
coated in accordance with ASTM A 153. Valves shall have flanged or
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02700
a
02700-7
Landfill Piping Systems
• mechanical joint ends as shown on the Drawings. Flanged valves shall have
ANS1125 pound standard flanges. Mechanical joint valves shall have bell
ends conforming to applicable requirements of ANSI 21.11. Flanged valves
with flange-to-MJ adapters shall not be acceptable in lieu of MJ valves.
6. Valve seats shall be a raised, welded-in overlay of not less than 90 percent
pure nickel, machined to mate with the resilient faced plug. Overlay shall be
a minimum of 1/8-inch thick.
7. The plug shall be of semi-steel, conforming to ASTM A 126, Class B. Plug
facing shall be a synthetic rubber compound of approximately 70 durometer
hardness bonded to the plug. Facing material shall be abrasion resistant
and suitable for service in sewage and sludge applications.
8. Valves shall be furnished with replaceable sleeve type bearings in the upper
and lower journals. Bearings shall comply with applicable requirements of
AWWA C5O7. Bearing materials shall have a proven record of service of not
less than five years.
9. The valve body shall be fitted with a bolted bonnet incorporating a stuffing
box and pull-down packing gland. Packing shall be the split chevron type.
Design of exposed valves shall allow visible inspection of the shaft seal,
adjustment of the packing, and replacement of the packing, all without
disturbing the bonnet or valve operator. The shaft seal shall comply with the
requirements of AWWA C5O4.
• H. Air Line Stub-Out Valves: Ball valves 1/2 to 2-inches shall be constructed of brass
and equipped with a lever handle. The valves shall be threaded (as shown on the
Drawings). The valves shall be rated up to 600 psi at 120 degrees F.
2.04 Detection Tape and Locating Wire
A. Detection tape shall be composed of a solid aluminum foil encased in a protective
plastic jacket. Tapes shall be color coded in accordance with APWA color codes
and legends. Colors may be solid or striped. Tape shall be permanently printed
with no surface printing allowed. Tape width shall be a minimum of 2-inches when
buried less than 10-inches below the surface. Tape width shall be a minimum of
3-inches when buried greater than 10-inches and less than 20-inches. Detection
tape shall be equal to Lineguard Type III Detectable or Allen Systems Detectatape.
B. Tracer wire shall be #12 gauge insulated single strand copper wire.
Part 3 Execution
3.01 General Pipe Installation
A. All pipe, fittings and valves shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
• recommendations and the requirements of these Specifications.
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02700
02700-8
Landfill Piping Systems
B. Perforations shall be constructed by the manufacturer as detailed in the Drawings •
and no field perforating will be allowed. Perforated leachate pipe shall be laid in
the trench as detailed on the Drawings. The Engineer shall be allowed to review
the perforated leachate pipe prior to backfill and prior to acceptance for payment.
C. The pipe interior shall be kept clean before and after laying. Pipe shall be kept
clean before installation by proper storage and handling. Any open pipe ends shall
be plugged and covered. Shavings shall be removed from pipe as much as
possible while joining sections.
D. Force mains shall be laid on a positive grade to minimize the number of air release
manholes. The minimum cover on the force main shall be three feet.
E. Gas Headers shall be laid on a positive grade to slope to the low points as
indicated on the Drawings.
3.02 Location and Grade
A. The Drawings show the alignment of the piping and the location of other
appurtenances.
B. Construction Staking •
1. The location of principal components of the work is shown on the Drawings.
The Contractor shall be responsible for performing all survey work required
for construction, including the establishment of base lines and any detailed
surveys and bench marks adjacent to the work. Base lines shall be defined
as the line to which the location of the work is referenced, i.e. edge of
pavement, road centerline, property line, right-of-way or survey line. This
work shall include the staking out of permanent and temporary easements
to insure that the Contractor is not deviating from the designated
easements.
2. The level of detail of survey required shall be that which the correct location
of the site piping can be established for construction.
C. Reference Points: The Contractor shall take all precautions necessary, which
includes, but is not necessarily limited to, installing reference points, in order to
protect and preserve the centerline or baseline established by the Owner.
D. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage done to reference points, base
lines, center lines and temporary bench marks, and shall be responsible for the
cost of re-establishment of reference points, base lines, center lines and temporary
bench marks as a result of the operations. •
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02700
02700-9
Landfill Piping Systems
• 3.03 Laying and Pipe Installation
A. General
1. Proper implements, tools and facilities shall be provided for the safe
performance of the work. All pipe and fittings shall be lowered carefully into
the trench by means of slings, ropes or other suitable tools or equipment in
such a manner as to prevent damage to piping materials and protective
coatings and linings. Under no circumstances shall piping materials be
dropped or dumped into the trench.
2. All pipe, fittings, and other appurtenances shall be examined carefully for
damage and other defects immediately before installation. Defective
materials shall be marked and held for inspection by the Engineer, who may
prescribe corrective repairs or reject the materials.
3. All lumps, blisters and excess coating shall be removed from the socket and
plain ends of each pipe, and the outside of the plain end and the inside of
the bell shall be wiped clean and dry and free from dirt, sand, grit or any
foreign materials before the pipe is laid. No pipe containing dirt shall be
laid.
• 4. Foreign material shall be prevented from entering the pipe while it is being
placed in the trench. No debris, tools, clothing or other materials shall be
placed in the pipe at any time.
5. As each length of pipe is placed in the trench, the joint shall be assembled
and the pipe brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in
place with approved backfill material.
6. Applying pressure to the top of the pipe, such as with a backhoe bucket, to
lower the pipe to the proper elevation or grade, shall not be permitted.
7. After the pipe has been laid and approved, the backfilling shall be carefully
done so that the pipe will not become displaced. The backfilling around the
pipe shall be with the gravel specified. Unless otherwise designated on the
Drawings or by special provision, the backfilling shall be 6-inches on each
side of the pipe and 6-inches over the pipe.
8. Lateral and other connections shall be made where indicated on the
Drawings or as directed by the Engineer.
9. Expediting of Work: Excavate, lay the pipe, and backfill as closely together
• as possible. Do not leave unjointed pipe in the trench overnight. Backfill
and compact the trench as soon as possible after laying and jointing is
completed. Cover the exposed end of the installed pipe each day at the
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02700
02700- 10
Landfill Piping Systems
close of work and at all other times when work is not in progress. If
necessary to backfill over the end of an uncompleted pipe or accessory,
close the end with a suitable plug, either push-on, mechanical joint,
restrained joint or as approved by the Engineer.
10. Joint Assembly: Push-on, mechanical and flange joints shall be assembled
in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
11. Cutting Pipe: Cut pipe using a suitable saw; remove all burrs and smooth
the end before jointing. The Contractor shall cut the pipe and bevel the end,
as necessary, to provide the correct length of pipe necessary for installing
the fittings, accessories and closure pieces in the correct location.
B. Alignment and Gradient
1. Lay pipe straight in alignment and gradient or follow true curves as nearly as
practicable. Do not deflect any joint more than the maximum deflection
recommended by the manufacturer.
2. Maintain a transit, level and accessories on the job to lay out angles and
ensure that deflection allowances are not exceeded.
3. The Contractor shall check the invert elevation for gravity sewers at each •
manhole at least three times daily, start, mid-day and end of day. Elevations
shall be checked more frequently if more than 100 feet of pipe is installed in
a day or if the pipe is being constructed at minimum slope.
4. The Contractor shall check the horizontal alignment of the sewers at the
same schedule as for invert elevations.
3.04 Manhole and Precast Concrete Product Construction
A. Fabricated products shall be installed in accordance with the fabricator's/
manufacturer's recommendations and as shown on the Drawings.
3.05 Thrust Restraint
A. Provide restraint at all points where hydraulic thrust may develop.
B. Retainer Glands: Provide retainer glands where shown on the Drawings and at all
associated fittings, valves and related piping. Retainer glands shall be installed in
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, particularly, the required
torque of the set screws. The Contractor shall furnish a torque wrench to verify the
torque on all set screws which do not have inherent torque indicators. •
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02700
02700- 11
Landfill Piping Systems
• C. Concrete Blocking
1. Provide concrete blocking for all bends, tees, valves, and other points where
thrust may develop, except where other exclusive means of thrust restraint
are specifically shown on the Drawings.
2. Concrete shall be Class "A".
3. Form and pour concrete blocking at fittings as shown on the Drawings and
as directed by the Engineer. Pour blocking against undisturbed earth.
Increase dimensions when required by over excavation.
3.06 HDPE Pipe Joining
A. Perforated and Non-Perforated Pipe (HDPE): Sections of polyethylene pipe and
fittings shall be joined into continuous lengths on the job site above ground. The
joining method shall be the butt fusion method and shall be performed by qualified
persons and in strict accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations
and ASTM F 2620. The butt fusion equipment used in the joining procedures shall
be capable of meeting all conditions recommended by the pipe manufacturer,
including, but not limited to, temperature requirements, alignment and fusion
pressures. No butt fusing shall be allowed when ambient temperature is below
32° F without prior approval by the Engineer.
B. Electrofusion couplings shall be used only where approved by the engineer and
shall be located on the final record drawings.
C. HDPE flanges shall be provided where HDPE pipe joins PVC pipe or fittings.
3.07 Handling of Fused Pipe
Fused segments of polyethylene pipe shall be handled so as to avoid damage to
the pipe. When lifting fused sections of pipe, chains or cable type chokers must be
avoided. Nylon slings are required. Spreader bars are recommended when lifting
long fused sections. Care shall be exercised to avoid cutting or gouging the pipe.
3.08 Detection Tape and Tracer Wire
A. Detection tape and tracer wire shall be provided over all non-metallic piping except
the leachate collection piping and rock toe drain.
B. Detection tape shall be installed along the centerline of the pipe at a depth of 12 to
24 inches.
• C. Tracing wire shall be installed on all buried non-metallic piping and service
laterals from the main to the meter or junction, and provide continuous
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02700
02700- 12
Landfill Piping Systems
conductivity. Area markers shall be at least every 500' with tracer wire attached, •
unless a structure, fire hydrant and/or air release valve are available. On
structures, the tracing wire lead shall be 5' minimum length and securely
attached to the inside of the lid. On laterals, the tracing wire shall terminate
inside the meter box or junction box if available. Where laterals connect to mains
and no junction box or meter box is available, the wire shall be joined securely
together with a waterproof direct bury connector or splice. Connectors and/or
splices shall be approved by the Engineer. The connectors or splices shall be
wrapped with rubberized insulation tape that shall completely cover all areas of
the connector or splice. The wire shall maintain electrical continuity through all
connectors and splices. Tracing wire will be installed on all non-buried metallic
piping and service laterals directly on top of the pipe. Tracing wire shall be
securely fastened a minimum of 6-inches above ground to fire hydrants,
above/below ground valves, and valve covers. The wire shall be secured to the
pipe with tape or other acceptable methods at spacings of no more than 36"
apart. This tracing wire system shall be checked and tested by the contractor, in
the presence of the Engineer, prior to acceptance of the installation. All
equipment, meters, detectors, etc., needed for testing the tracer wire shall be
furnished by the Contractor.
3.09 Trenching and Backfill
A. Pipe (other than leachate collection lines) shall be laid as detailed in the •
construction drawings and in accordance with Section 02221.
B. Leachate collection pipe and rock toe drains shall be as detailed in the
construction drawings. Fittings shall be used at all bends such that the pipe
conforms to the slope and alignment of the liner. Perforated leachate collection
pipe shall be bedded in gravel as detailed. The gravel should be placed such that it
uniformly and continuously supports the pipe.
3.10 Valve and Gauge Installation
A. All valves and appurtenances shall be installed in the locations shown on the
Drawings, true to alignment and properly supported. Any damage to the above
items shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer before they are installed.
B. Prior to the installation of sleeve type couplings, the pipe ends shall be cleaned
thoroughly for a distance of 8-inches. Soapy water may be used as a gasket
lubricant. A follower and gasket, in that order, shall be slipped over each pipe to a
distance of about 6-inches from the end, and the middle ring shall be placed on
the already laid pipe end until it is properly centered over the joint. The other pipe
end shall be inserted into the middle ring and brought to proper position in relation
to the pipe already laid. The gaskets and followers shall then be pressed evenly
and firmly into the middle ring flares. After the bolts have been inserted and all
nuts have been made-up finger-tight, diametrically opposite nuts shall be •
progressively and uniformly tightened all around the joint, preferably by use of a
torque wrench of the appropriate size and torque for the bolts.
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02700
02700- 13
Landfill Piping Systems
• D. All gauges shall be installed with a stainless steel isolation valve to allow removal
while pressure pipe remains in service. Isolation valve shall be treaded or flanged
as required to connect to pressure piping and gauge.
3.11 Inspection and Testing
All piping and manholes shall be tested in accordance with Section 02601.
3.12 Cleaning
A. All excess or unsuitable material shall be disposed of as directed by the Engineer.
Final cleaning up shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of
Section 01710 of these Specifications.
B. The Contractor shall clean by water flushing all HDPE pipe beginning at cleanouts.
Lines shall be flushed until completely free of debris. The Contractor shall clean by
flushing with water all HDPE structures. Structures shall be flushed until completely
free of debris. The Contractor shall recover and remove all debris from system and
dispose of in an environmentally safe manner.
C. The pipe cleaning shall be done as soon as possible after installation and prior to
• connection to existing piped systems. The Contractor is responsible for providing
clean water for flushing as well as for the proper disposal of the waste water.
D. Final clean-up shall meet the approval of the Engineer and the Owner.
END OF SECTION
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02700
02700- 14
Landfill Piping Systems
•
PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02700
Section 02748
• HDPE Fabrication
Part 1 General
1.01 Scope
This Section covers the materials and fabrication of HDPE structures used for
stormwater, wastewater, and condensate sumps and manholes. Manholes, wet
wells and valve pits shall be fabricated from HDPE material.
1.02 Quality Assurance
A. The products shall contain no recycled compound except that which is generated in
the manufacturer's own plant from the same raw material. The products shall be
homogenous throughout and free of visible cracks, holes, foreign inclusions or
other deleterious defects, and shall be identifiable in color, density, and other
physical properties throughout. The manufacturer shall provide certification that the
products produced are represented by the quality assurance data.
B. Products shall be constructed by a fabricator or manufacturer with at least five
years experience in the construction of products similar to those being provided.
• 1.03 Submittal Requirements
A. Submittals on fabricated products shall be clearly marked as to what is being
provided. The Contractor shall submit fabricator's shop drawings with the following
information on each product provided:
1. Indicate compliance with applicable ASTM Standard.
2. Unit weight of material.
3. Physical dimensions including material thickness.
4. Method of joining.
5. Recommended bedding and installation details.
6. Anti-flotation anchor requirements.
The information above is the minimum required. The fabricator shall submit
additional information necessary to define unique characteristics of the products
provided.
1111 B. Manufacturer's certificate of compliance. The Engineer requires certified lab data
from the manufacturer to verify the physical properties of the materials supplied
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02748
02748-2
HDPE Fabrication
under this specification and Engineer, at his own expense, may take random •
samples for testing by an independent laboratory.
C. Pipe work in structures shall be detailed by the Contractor to conform to the general
arrangement shown on the plans and to fit the equipment to be provided. Shop
drawings of pipe layout and equipment shall be submitted to the Engineer and
approved prior to installation.
D. HDPE Manholes and Structures: The manufacturer shall submit shop drawings on
all HDPE manholes and structures. The shop drawings shall be stamped by an
engineer registered in the State of Georgia.
Part 2 Products
2.01 HDPE Manholes and Structures
A. The structures shall be made of high density, high molecular weight polyethylene
pipe material meeting the requirements of Class 345464C as defined in ASTM D
3350 Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Molding Pipe and Fittings
Materials.
B. Material shall be joined by the extrusion weld method or the butt fusion method in
strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The equipment used
in the joining procedures shall be capable of meeting all conditions of the pipe or
plate material manufacturer.
C. Products shall have HDPE pipe penetrations and stub-outs for flange or butt fusion
connections as shown on the Drawings. Stub-outs and penetrations other than
those made from standard tees or other fittings shall be extrusion welded to the
wall of the structure along with gusset plates as shown on the detail Drawings. All
stub-outs and penetrations inside and outside shall be installed by the
manufacturer or fabricator.
D. Structures shall be designed by the manufacturer for all loading conditions resulting
from dead and live loads as well as loading conditions resulting from transportation,
installation, or flotation.
E. The manhole and base shall be of sufficient thickness to withstand the installed
height in compacted soil.
Part 3 Execution
3.01 Installation •
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02748
02748-3
HDPE Fabrication
• Fabricated products shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations and as shown on the Drawings.
3.02 Inspection and Acceptance
A. All work shall be subject to inspection and approval prior to final acceptance. Final
acceptance shall be contingent upon the following:
1. The Owner accepts HDPE structures when the installation is finished, all
testing results are satisfactory, installation documentation and site
inspection is completed, and structures have been flushed. Structures shall
be tested in accordance with Section 02601.
2. The Contractor shall clean by flushing with water all HDPE structures.
Structures shall be flushed until completely free of debris. The Contractor
shall recover and remove all debris from system and dispose of in an
environmentally safe manner.
3. Final clean-up shall meet the approval of the Engineer and the Owner.
• END OF SECTION
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02748
02748-4
HDPE Fabrication
•
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
•
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02748
Section 02930
Grassing
• Part 1 General
1.01 Scope
A. The work covered by this Section consists of furnishing all labor, equipment and
material required to place topsoil, seed, commercial fertilizer, agricultural
limestone and mulch material, including seedbed preparation, harrowing,
compacting and other placement operations on graded earthen areas as described
herein and/or shown on the Drawings. In general, grassing operations shall be
conducted on all newly graded earthen areas not covered by structures, pavement
or sidewalks; all cleared or grubbed areas which are to remain as finish grade
surfaces; and on all existing turf areas which are disturbed by construction
operations and which are to remain as finish grade surfaces. Areas disturbed by
borrow activities shall also be seeded according to these Specifications.
B. Types of work required include following:
1. Fine grading and preparing of lawn areas.
2. Furnishing and applying new topsoil.
• 3. Furnishing and applying soil amendments.
4. Furnishing and applying fertilizers.
5. Seeding lawn areas.
6. Sodding lawn areas.
7. Reconditioning existing lawn areas.
8. Replanting unsatisfactory or damaged lawns.
C. The work shall include temporary grassing operations to stabilize earthen surfaces
during construction, inclement weather or during inappropriate seasons for
permanent seeding. Additionally, temporary stabilization shall be used to minimize
siltation and erosion. Temporary grassing shall be performed at the times and
locations as directed by the Engineer and as detailed on the Drawings.
1.02 Quality Assurance
A. Prior to seeding operations, the Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer labels or
certified laboratory reports from an accredited commercial seed laboratory or a
. state seed laboratory showing the analysis and germination of the seed to be
furnished. Acceptance of the seed test reports shall not relieve the Contractor of
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02930
02930-2
Grassing
any responsibility or liability for furnishing seed meeting the requirements of this •
Section.
B. Prior to topsoil operations, the Contractor shall obtain representative samples and
furnish soil test certificates including textural, pH, and organic analysis from the
State University Agricultural Extension Services or other certified testing laboratory.
C. Sod Analysis: Notify Engineer of sod source, including name and telephone
number of supplier, and seed mix of sod.
1.03 Job Conditions
A. Planting Time: Sow lawn seed only during normal planting seasons for each
type of lawn work required. Correlate planting with specified maintenance
periods to provide required maintenance from date of substantial completion.
B. Specified work is minimum required, and any and all necessary materials and
operations including reworking, must be performed to obtain specified results.
1.04 Special Project Warranty:
A. Warrant grassing until final acceptance and through specified maintenance •
period.
Part 2 Products
2.01 Topsoil
A. Utilizing designated stockpiles or borrow areas on site, the Contractor shall place a
minimum of 4-inches of topsoil over all graded earthen areas and over any other
areas to be seeded. Sources of topsoil shall be approved by the Engineer prior to
disturbance. Importing topsoil from offsite sources shall be at the discretion of the
Engineer and shall be justification for additional compensation to the Contractor. A
change order properly authorized by the Owner shall be agreed upon prior to
importing offsite topsoil. No additional compensation will be allowed for spreading
of topsoil.
B. Topsoil shall be a friable loam containing a large amount of humus and shall be
original surface soil of good, rich, uniform quality, free from any material such as
hard clods, stiff clay, hardpan, partially disintegrated stone, pebbles larger than
1/2-inch in diameter, lime, cement, bricks, ashes, cinders, slag, concrete, bitumen
or its residue, boards, sticks, chips or other undesirable material harmful or
unnecessary to plant growth. Topsoil shall be reasonably free from perennial
weeds and shall not contain objectionable plant material, toxic amounts of either •
acid or alkaline elements or vegetable debris undesirable or harmful to plant life.
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02930
02930-3
Grassing
• C. Topsoil shall be natural topsoil without admixture of subsoil material,p p ate al, and shall be
classifiable as loam, silt loam, clay loam, sandy loam or a combination thereof.
The pH shall range from 5.5 to 7.0. Topsoil shall contain not less than five percent
nor more than 20 percent, by weight, of organic matter as determined by loss on
ignition of oven-dried samples to 65 °C.
2.03 Seed
A. Seed shall be delivered in new bags or bags that are sound and labeled in
accordance with the U.S. Department of Agriculture Federal Seed Act. All seed
shall meet the requirements of Georgia Seed Laws, Rules and Regulations.
B. All seed shall be from the last crop available at time of purchase and shall not be
moldy, wet or otherwise damaged in transit or storage.
C. Seed shall bear the growers analysis testing to 98 percent for purity and 90
percent for germination. At the discretion of the Engineer, samples of seed may be
taken for verification against the grower's analysis.
D. Species, rate of seeding, fertilization and other requirements are shown on the
• Drawings.
2.04 Sod
A. Provide machine-cut, strongly rooted, certified turfgrass sod, at least 2 years old
and free of weeds and undesirable native grasses. Provide sod capable of
vigorous growth and development when planted (viable, not dormant) and
complying with the following requirements:
Type: Bermuda grass (Cynodon dactylon).
Type: Centipedegrass (Eremochloa ophiuroides).
B. Sod shall be of uniform thickness of 5/8 inch, plus or minus 1/4 inch, measured
at time of cutting and excluding top growth and thatch. Provide in supplier's
standard size of uniform length and width with maximum 5 percent allowable
deviation in either length or width. Broken or torn pads with uneven ends are
not acceptable.
C. Provide sod pads capable of supporting their own weight and retaining size and
shape when supplier's standard size pad is suspended vertically from a firm
grasp on upper 10 percent of the pad.
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02930
02930-4
Grassing
2.05 Soil Amendments
A. Fertilizer and liming materials shall comply with applicable state, local and federal
laws concerned with their production and use.
B. Commercial fertilizer conforming to the standards of the Association of Official
Agricultural Chemists shall be a ready mixed material equivalent to the grade or
grades specified in the Seeding Schedule shown on the Drawings. Container bags
shall have the name and address of the manufacturer, the brand name, net weight
and chemical composition.
C. Agricultural limestone shall be a pulverized dolamitic limestone having a calcium
carbonate content of not less than 85 percent by weight. Agricultural limestone
shall be crushed so that at least 85 percent of the material will pass a No. 10
mesh screen and 50 percent will pass a No. 40 mesh screen.
D. Standard commercial grade nitrogen conforming to state fertilizer laws. Provide
in either granular or liquid form at Contractor's option.
2.06 Mulch Material
A. All mulch materials shall be air dried and reasonably free of noxious weeds and •
weed seeds or other materials detrimental to plant growth.
B. Mulch shall be composed of wood cellulose fiber, straw or stalks, as specified
herein. Mulch shall be suitable for spreading with standard mulch blowing
equipment.
C. Straw mulch shall be partially decomposed stalks of wheat, rye, oats or other
approved grain crops.
D. Stalks shall be the partially decomposed, shredded residue of corn, cane, sorghum
or other approved standing field crops.
E. Wood fiber shall meet the requirements of GDOT Specification Section 718 and be
listed as approved on QPL 25.
2.07 Mulch Binder
A. Mulch on slopes exceeding 3 to 1 ratio shall be held in place by the use of an
approved mulch binder. The mulch binder shall be non-toxic to plant life and shall
be acceptable to the Engineer.
B. Emulsified asphalt binder shall be Grade SS-1h, ASTM D 977. •
B. Approved alternate tackifiers are as listed on the Georgia DOT Qualified Product
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02930
02930-5
Grassing
• List No. 33, latest edition.
2.08 Innoculants for Legumes
All leguminous seed shall be inoculated prior to seeding with a standard culture of
nitrogen-fixing bacteria that is adapted to the particular seed involved.
2.09 Water
Water shall be clean, clear water free from any objectionable or harmful chemical
qualities or organisms and shall be furnished by the Contractor.
Part 3 Execution
3.01 General
A. These Specifications set forth minimum operations and material applications
which are acceptable. Contractor is required to establish a satisfactory stand of
grass by using these or supplemental methods and/or materials as may be
required.
• B. Where grassing is required between curbs and sidewalks or behind sidewalks in
areas adjacent to private residential or commercial property, the Engineer may
change the type of grassing specified to match any type of grass which may be
planted and growing on the adjacent lawn. No modifications of the Contract Unit
Price will be made for this substitution.
3.02 Securing and Placing Topsoil
A. Topsoil shall be secured from areas from which topsoil has not been previously
removed, either by erosion or mechanical methods. Topsoil shall not be removed
to a depth in excess of the depth approved by the Engineer.
B. The area or areas from which topsoil is secured shall possess such uniformity of
soil depth, color, texture, drainage and other characteristics as to offer assurance
that, when removed the product will be homogeneous in nature and will conform to
the requirements of these Specifications.
C. All areas from which topsoil is to be secured, shall be cleaned of all sticks, boards,
stones, cement, ashes, cinders, slag, concrete, bitumen or its residue and any
other refuse which will hinder or prevent growth.
D. In securing topsoil from a designated pit, or elsewhere, should strata or seams of
• material occur which do not come under the requirements for topsoil, such
material shall be removed from the topsoil or if required by the Engineer, the pit
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02930
02930-6
Grassing
shall be abandoned. .
E. Before placing or depositing topsoil upon any areas, all improvement within the
area shall be completed, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.
F. The areas in which topsoil is to be placed or incorporated shall be prepared before
securing topsoil for use.
3.03 Seedbed Preparation
A. Before fertilizing and seeding, the topsoil surfaces shall be trimmed and worked to
true line from unsightly variation, bumps, ridges and depressions and all
detrimental material, roots and stones larger than 2-inches in any dimension shall
be removed from the soil.
B. Not earlier than 24 hours before the seed is to be sown, the soil surface to be
seeded shall be thoroughly cultivated to a depth of not less than 4-inches with a
weighted disc, tiller, pulvimixer or other equipment, until the surface is smooth and
in a condition acceptable to the Engineer.
C. If the prepared surface becomes eroded as a result of rain or for any other reason,
or becomes crusted before the seed is sown, the surface shall again be placed in a
condition suitable for seeding. •
D. Ground preparation operations shall be performed only when the ground is in a
tillable and workable condition, as determined by the Engineer.
3.04 Soil Amendments
A. Following seedbed preparation, fertilizer shall be applied to all areas to be seeded
so as to achieve the application rates shown on the Drawings.
B. Fertilizer shall be spread evenly over the seedbed and shall be lightly harrowed,
raked, or otherwise incorporated into the soil for a depth of 1-inch.
C. Fertilizer and nitrogen need not be incorporated in the soil as specified above
when mixed with seed in water and applied with power sprayer equipment. The
seed shall not remain in water containing fertilizer for more than 30 minutes when
a hydraulic seeder is used.
D. Agricultural limestone shall be thoroughly mixed into the soil according to the rates
shown in the Seeding Schedule shown on the Drawings. The specified rate of
application of limestone may be reduced by the Engineer if pH tests indicate this to
be desirable. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to obtain such tests and •
submit the results to the Engineer for adjustment in rates.
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02930
02930-7
Grassing
• 3.05 Seeding
A. Seed of the specified group shall be sown as soon as preparation of the seedbed
has been completed. No seed shall be sown during high winds, nor until the
surface is suitable for working and is in a proper condition. Seeding shall be
performed during the dates shown on the Drawings unless otherwise approved by
the Engineer. Seed mixtures may be sown together provided they are kept in a
thoroughly mixed condition during the seeding operation.
B. Seed shall be uniformly sown by any approved mechanical method suitable for the
slope and size of the areas to be seeded, preferably with a broadcast type seeder,
windmill hand seeder or approved mechanical power drawn seed drills.
Hydro-seeding and hydro-mulching may be used on steep embankments, provided
full coverage is obtained. Care shall be taken to adjust the seeder for seedings at
the proper rate before seeding operations are started and to maintain their
adjustment during seeding. Seed in hoppers shall be agitated to prevent
segregation of the various seeds in a seeding mixture.
C. Immediately after sowing, the seeds shall be covered and compacted to a depth of
1/8 to 3/8-inch by a cultipacker or suitable roller.
• D. Leguminous seeds shall be inoculated prior to seeding with an approved and
compatible nitrogen-fixing inoculant in accordance with the manufacturer's mixing
instructions.
3.06 Mulching
A. All seeded areas shall be uniformly mulched in a continuous blanket immediately
after seeding. The mulch shall be applied evenly so as to permit sunlight to
penetrate and the air to circulate and at the same time shade the ground, reduce
erosion and conserve soil moisture.
B. One of the following mulches shall be spread evenly over the seeded areas at the
following application rates:
1. Wood Cellulose Fiber: 1,400 pounds/acre.
2. Straw: 4,000 pounds/acre.
3. Stalks: 4,000 pounds/acre.
4. These rates may be adjusted at the discretion of the Engineer at no
additional cost to the Owner, depending on the texture and condition of the
• mulch material and the characteristics of the seeded area.
C. Mulch on slopes greater than 3 to 1 ratio shall be held in place by the use of an
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02930
02930-8
Grassing
approved mulch binder. Binder shall be thoroughly mixed and applied with the •
mulch. Emulsified asphalt shall be applied at the approximate rate of 100 gallons
of product with 100 gallons of water per ton of mulch as required to hold the mulch
in place. Alternate binders or tackifiers shall be mixed at rates per the
manufacturers written instructions.
D. The Contractor shall cover structures, poles, fences and appurtenances if the
mulch binder is applied in such a way that it would come in contact with or discolor
the structures.
E. Mulch and binder shall be applied by suitable blowing equipment at closely
controlled application rates in a manner acceptable to the Engineer.
3.07 Hydroseeding Lawns
A. Mix specified seed, fertilizer, and pulverized mulch in water, using equipment
specifically designed for hydroseed application. Continue mixing until uniformly
blended into homogenous slurry suitable for hydraulic application.
B. Apply slurry uniformly to all areas to be seeded. Rate of application as required to
obtain specified seed sowing rate.
3.08 Sodding Lawns
A. Lay sod within 24 hours of stripping. Do not lay dormant sod or if ground is frozen.
B. Lay sod to form solid mass with tightly fitting joints. Butt ends and sides of sod
strips; do not overlap. Stagger strips to offset joints in adjacent courses. Work
from boards to avoid damage to subgrade or sod. Tamp or roll lightly to ensure
contact with subgrade. Work sifted soil into minor cracks between pieces of sod;
remove excess to avoid smothering adjacent grass.
C. Anchor sod on slopes with wood pegs as required to prevent slippage.
3.09 Watering
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining the proper moisture content of
the soil to insure adequate plant growth until a satisfactory stand is obtained. If
necessary, watering shall be performed to maintain adequate water content in the
soil.
B. Watering shall be accomplished by hoses, tank truck or sprinklers in such a way to
prevent erosion, excessive runoff and over-watered spots.
C. Water sod with fine spray immediately after planting. During first week, water daily
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02930
02930-9
Grassing
• or more frequently as necessary to maintain moist soil to depth of 4 inches.
3.10 Maintenance
A. Upon completion of seeding operations, the Contractor shall clear the area of all
equipment, debris and excess material and the premises shall be left in a neat and
orderly condition.
B. The Contractor shall maintain all seeded areas without additional payment until
final acceptance of the work by the Owner, and any regrading, refertilizing, reliming,
reseeding or remulching shall be done at Contractor's own expense. Seeding work
shall be repeated on defective areas until a satisfactory uniform stand is
accomplished. Damage resulting from erosion, gulleys, washouts or other causes
shall be repaired by filling with topsoil, compacting and repeating the seeding work
at Contractor's expense.
C. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to make one application of a maintenance
fertilizer according to the recommendations listed in the Seeding Schedule shown
on the Drawings.
D. Begin maintenance of lawns immediately after each area is planted and continue
• for the periods required to establish acceptable lawns, but no less than the
following:
1. Seeded lawns, at least 60 days, after date of substantial completion. If
seeded in fall and not given full 60 days of maintenance, or if not
considered acceptable at that time, continue maintenance during following
spring until acceptable lawn is established.
2. Sodded lawns, at least 30 days after date of substantial completion.
E. Maintain lawns by watering, fertilizing, weeding, mowing, trimming, and other
operations such as rolling, regrading, replanting as required to establish a
smooth, acceptable lawn, free of eroded or bare areas.
F. Remulch with new mulch in areas where mulch has been disturbed by wind or
maintenance operations sufficiently to nullify its purpose. Anchor as required to
prevent displacement.
G. Replant bare areas with same materials specified for lawns.
H. Watering: Provide and maintain temporary piping, hoses and lawn watering
equipment to convey water from sources and to keep lawn areas uniformly moist
as required for proper growth.
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02930
02930- 10
Grassing
I. Lay out temporary lawn-watering system and arrange watering schedule to •
prevent puddling, water erosion, and displacement of seed or mulch (if any). Lay
out temporary watering system to avoid necessity of walking over muddy or
newly seeded areas.
J. Mow lawns as soon as there is enough top growth to cut with mower set at
specified height for principal species planted. Repeat mowing as required to
maintain specified height. Remove no more than 40 percent of grass leaf
growth in initial or subsequent mowings. Do not delay mowing until grass blades
bend over and become matted. Do not mow when grass is wet. Time initial and
subsequent mowings to maintain following grass height:
Mow grass from 1-1/2 inches to 2 inches high. Do not mow to less than 1-1/2
inches.
K. Apply second fertilizer application after first mowing and when grass is dry. Use
fertilizer that will provide at least 1.0 lb. of actual nitrogen per 1,000 sq. ft. of
lawn area.
3.11 Application of Nitrogen
A. Make two applications of nitrogen to all grassed areas using mechanical •
spreading equipment. Apply at a uniform rate of not less than 70 pounds per
acre per application. Make both applications only when weather conditions will
permit uniform and even distribution and when moisture conditions will not
cause harm to grass.
B. Place first application of nitrogen when young grass reaches a height of at least
one inch. Make the second application of nitrogen between 30 and 45 days
after the first application.
3.12 Protection
A. Erect barricades and warning signs as required to protect newly planted areas
from traffic. Maintain barricades throughout maintenance period until lawn is
established.
3.13 Required Coverage
A. Grassed areas will be considered acceptable when a viable stand of grass covers
at least 98 percent of the total area with no bare spots exceeding one square
foot and the ground surface is fully stabilized against erosion.
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02930
02930- 11
Grassing
• 3.14 Acceptance
A. When work is substantially completed, including maintenance, Engineer will,
upon request, make an inspection to determine acceptability.
B. Lawn work may be inspected for acceptance in parts agreeable to Engineer,
provided work offered for inspection is complete, including maintenance.
C. Replant rejected work and continue specified maintenance until reinspected by
Engineer and found to be acceptable.
D. Seeded lawns will be acceptable provided requirements, including maintenance
and coverage, have been met and healthy, uniform close stand of specified
grass is established free of weeds, bare spots, and surface irregularities.
E. Sodded lawns will be acceptable provided requirements, including maintenance
and coverage, have been met and sod is established as well-rooted, viable
patches of grass and areas are free of weeds and other undesirable vegetation.
3.15 Cleanup
• A. Promptly remove soil and debris created by lawn work from paved areas. Clean
wheels of vehicles before leaving site to avoid tracking soil onto surface of roads,
walks, or other paved areas.
END OF SECTION
•
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02930
02930- 12
Grassing
•
PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
10/28/2016 G003-109W\TS-02930